Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Cortland Bancorp

Cortland Bancorp

cldb · OTC Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cldb
Exchange OTC
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Cortland Bancorp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 
 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from              to             

Commission File Number 0-13814 

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter) 

Ohio
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization)

194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

34-1451118
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

44410
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (330) 637-8040 

Securities registered pursuant to Section l2(b) of the Act: None 

Securities registered pursuant to Section l2(g) of the Act: 

Common Stock, no par value 
(Title of Class) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.      Yes      No 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.      Yes      No 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (l) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section l3 or l5(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of l934 
during the preceding l2 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days.      Yes      No 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted an posted pursuant to Rule405 of Regulation S-T(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).      Yes      No 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§232.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, 
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of 
the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.      
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. 
See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer



 (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Non-accelerated filer
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).      Yes      No 
Based upon the closing price of the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2013, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates 
of the registrant was approximately $41,525,605. For purposes of this response, directors and executive officers are considered the affiliates of the 
issuer at that date. 
The number of shares outstanding of the issuer’s classes of common stock as of March 21, 2014: 4,527,848 shares 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 27, 2014 are incorporated by reference into Part III. 

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company





 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 
Table of Contents 

Item 5.

Item 1.
Item 1A.   
Item 1B.   
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART I
  Business........................................................................................................................................................
  Risk Factors ..................................................................................................................................................
  Unresolved Staff Comments.........................................................................................................................
  Properties......................................................................................................................................................
  Legal Proceedings ........................................................................................................................................
  Mine Safety Disclosures...............................................................................................................................
PART II
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities ......................................................................................................................................................
  Selected Financial Data ................................................................................................................................
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ......................
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk .....................................................................
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ............................................................................................
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ......................
  Controls and Procedures...............................................................................................................................
  Other Information.........................................................................................................................................
PART III
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ...........................................................................
  Executive Compensation ..............................................................................................................................
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters ....
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.............................................
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services ......................................................................................................
PART IV
Item 15.    
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ................................................................................................
SIGNATURES.............................................................................................................................................................................

Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.   
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.   
Item 9B.   

Item 10.    
Item 11.    
Item 12.    
Item 13.    
Item 14.    

Form 10-K
Page

1
10
17
17
17
17

18
20
21
51
51
98
98
98

98
99
99
99
99

100
101

ii

 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
Item l. Business 

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS 

CORTLAND BANCORP 

PART I 

THE CORPORATION 

Cortland Bancorp (the Company) was incorporated under the laws of the State of Ohio in 1984, as a one bank holding company 
registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The principal activity of the Company is to own, manage and 
supervise The Cortland Savings and Banking Company (Cortland Banks or the Bank). The Company owns all of the outstanding 
shares of the Bank. 

As a financial holding company and a bank holding company, the Company is regulated under the Bank Holding Company Act of 
1956, as amended (BHC Act), and its subsidiaries are subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the Board of Governors of 
the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve), the Ohio Division of Financial Institutions and the Consumer Financial Protection 
Bureau. The BHC Act provides generally for “umbrella” regulation of financial holding companies such as the Company by the 
Federal Reserve Board, and for functional regulation of banking activities by bank regulators, securities activities by securities 
regulators, and insurance activities by insurance regulators. The Company is also under the jurisdiction of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (SEC) and is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as administered by the SEC. 

The business of the Company and the Bank is not seasonal to any significant extent and is not dependent on any single customer or 
group of customers. The Company operates as a single line of business. 

NEW RESOURCES LEASING CO. 

New Resources Leasing Co. was formed in December 1987 under Ohio law as a separate entity to handle the function of commercial 
and consumer leasing. The wholly owned subsidiary has been inactive since incorporation. 

CORTLAND BANKS 

Cortland Banks is a full service, state chartered bank engaged in commercial and retail banking. The Bank’s services include checking 
accounts, savings accounts, time deposit accounts, commercial, mortgage and installment loans, night depository, automated teller 
services, safe deposit boxes and other miscellaneous services normally offered by commercial banks. Commercial lending includes 
commercial, financial and agricultural loans, real estate construction and development loans, commercial real estate loans, small 
business lending and trade financing. Consumer lending includes residential real estate, home equity and installment lending. Cortland 
Banks also offers a variety of Internet and mobile banking options. 

Full service banking business is conducted at a total of twelve offices, seven of which are located in Trumbull County, Ohio. Two 
offices are located in the communities of Windham and Mantua in Portage County, Ohio. One office is located in the community of 
Williamsfield, Ashtabula County, Ohio; two are located in the communities of Boardman and North Lima in Mahoning County, Ohio. 
A mortgage origination office is located in Canfield, also in Mahoning County.

The Bank’s main administrative and banking office is located at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio. The Hubbard, Niles Park 
Plaza, Canfield and Boardman offices are leased, while all of the other offices are owned by Cortland Banks. 

The Bank, as a state chartered banking organization and member of the Federal Reserve, is subject to periodic examination and 
regulation by the Federal Reserve, the State of Ohio Division of Financial Institutions (Ohio Division) and the Consumer Financial 
Protection Bureau (CFPB). These examinations, which include such areas as capital, liquidity, asset quality, management practices 
and other aspects of the Bank’s operations, are primarily for the protection of the Bank’s depositors. In addition to these regular 
examinations, the Bank must furnish periodic reports to regulatory authorities containing a full and accurate statement of its affairs. 
The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). 

1

The Bank provides brokerage and investment services through an arrangement with Investment Professionals, Inc. Under this 
arrangement, financial advisors can offer customers an extensive range of investment products and services, including estate planning, 
qualified retirement plans, mutual funds, annuities, life insurance, fixed income and equity securities and equity research and 
recommendations. Through Investment Professionals, Inc., the Bank also offers asset management services to customers. 

CSB MORTGAGE COMPANY, INC. 

CSB Mortgage Company, Inc. (CSB) was formed as an Ohio corporation in December 2011. It is a wholly-owned subsidiary of 
Cortland Banks and functioned as the originator of wholesale mortgage loans and the seller of company-wide mortgage loans in the 
secondary mortgage market. Its operations were significantly curtailed in September 2013, and substantially all loans were sold during 
the fourth quarter of 2013. The operations of the subsidiary were conducted at the Bank’s main office at 194 West Main Street, 
Cortland, Ohio. 

COMPETITION 

The Bank actively competes with state and national banks located in Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. It also competes 
for deposits, loans and other service business with a large number of other financial institutions, such as savings and loan associations, 
credit unions, insurance companies, consumer finance companies and commercial finance companies. Also, money market mutual 
funds, brokerage houses and similar institutions provide in a relatively unregulated environment many of the financial services offered 
by banks. In the opinion of management, the principal methods of competition are the rates of interest charged on loans, the rates of 
interest paid on deposit funds, the fees charged for services, and the convenience, availability, timeliness and quality of the customer 
services offered. 

EMPLOYEES 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company, through the Bank, employed 139 full-time and 18 part-time employees. The Company 
provides its employees with a full range of benefit plans and considers its relations with its employees to be satisfactory. 

GENERAL LENDING POLICY 

The Bank has obligations to the communities that it serves. The Bank’s lending policy is designed to provide a framework which will 
meet the credit needs and interests of the community and the Bank. 

It is the Bank’s objective to make loans to credit-worthy customers which benefit their interests. The loans made by the Bank are 
subject to the guidelines established in the loan policy that is approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors. 

The Bank has community branches in four Ohio counties: Trumbull, Portage, Ashtabula and Mahoning. There are times when the 
Bank will go beyond its lending territory to accommodate people who have been customers of the Bank and have moved out of the 
lending area. There are also times when excess funds are available and it is profitable to participate in loans with other banks or to 
participate in large projects for community development. 

Each lending relationship is reviewed and graded in 6 categories, which are (1) ability to pay, (2) financial condition, (3) management 
ability, (4) collateral and guarantors, (5) loan structure, and (6) industry and economics. 

Further information can be found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Item 7. 

2

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION 

The Company and the Bank are subject to federal and state banking laws that are intended to protect depositors, not shareholders. 
Changes in federal and state banking laws, including statutes, regulations, and policies of the bank regulatory agencies, could have a 
material adverse impact on our business and prospects. Federal and state laws applicable to holding companies and their financial 
institution subsidiaries regulate the range of permissible business activities, investments, reserves against deposits, capital levels, 
lending activities and practices, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, establishment of branches, mergers, dividends, and a 
variety of other important matters. The Company and the Bank are subject to detailed, complex, and sometimes overlapping federal 
and state statutes and regulations affecting routine banking operations. These statutes and regulations include, but are not limited to, 
state usury and consumer credit laws, the Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, 
the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Savings Act, and the Community Reinvestment Act. In addition to minimum capital 
requirements, federal law imposes other safety and soundness standards having to do with such things as internal controls, information 
systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, 
earnings, and compensation and benefits. The discussion to follow of bank supervision and regulation is qualified in its entirety by 
reference to the statutory and regulatory provisions discussed. 

The Company is a financial holding company and a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 
1956. As such, the Company is subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the Federal Reserve, acting primarily through 
the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland. The Company is required to file annual reports and other information with the Federal 
Reserve. The Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Ohio Division. As a member bank of the Federal Reserve, the Bank 
is also subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is examined periodically by the Federal Reserve and by 
the Ohio Division to test compliance with various regulatory requirements. If as a result of examination the Federal Reserve or the 
Ohio Division determines that a bank’s financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, 
or other aspects of the bank’s operations are unsatisfactory, or that the bank or its management is in violation of any law or regulation, 
the bank regulatory agencies may take a number of remedial actions. In addition, the Bank is subject to regulation and examination by 
the CFPB established by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act enacted in July 2010 (the Dodd-Frank 
Act).  Bank regulatory agencies make regular use of their authority to take formal and informal supervisory actions against banks and 
bank holding companies for unsafe or unsound practices in the conduct of their businesses and for violations of any law, rule, or 
regulation, or any condition imposed in writing by the appropriate federal banking regulatory authority. Potential supervisory and 
enforcement actions include appointment of a conservator or receiver, issuance of a cease-and-desist order that could be judicially 
enforced, termination of a bank’s deposit insurance, imposition of civil money penalties, issuance of directives to increase capital, 
entry into formal or informal agreements, including memoranda of understanding, issuance of removal and prohibition orders against 
institution- affiliated parties, and enforcement of these actions through injunctions or restraining orders. 

Regulation of bank holding companies. A bank holding company must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength for its 
subsidiary banks and must not conduct operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. The Federal Reserve requires all bank holding 
companies to maintain capital at or above prescribed levels. Federal Reserve policy requires that a bank holding company provide 
capital to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and that the bank holding company maintain the financial 
flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting subsidiary banks. Bank holding companies may also 
be required under certain circumstances to give written notice to and receive approval from the Federal Reserve before purchasing or 
redeeming common stock or other equity securities or paying dividends. 

Acquisitions. The Bank Holding Company Act requires every bank holding company to obtain approval of the Federal Reserve to 
acquire ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company, if after the acquisition the acquiring 
company would own or control more than 5% of the shares of the other bank or bank holding company (unless the acquiring company 
already owns or controls a majority of the shares); acquire all or substantially all of the assets of another bank; or merge or consolidate 
with another bank holding company.  The Federal Reserve will consider anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction, capital 
adequacy and other financial and managerial factors, along with the subsidiary banks’ performance under the Community 
Reinvestment Act of 1977. Approval of the Ohio Division is also necessary to acquire control of an Ohio-chartered bank. 

The Bank Holding Company Act, the Change in Bank Control Act, and the Federal Reserve Regulation Y require advance approval of 
the Federal Reserve to acquire “control” of a bank holding company. Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or 
company acquires 25% or more of a class of voting securities of the bank holding company.  Under certain circumstances, control 
may also be presumed to exist if a person acquires 10% or more, but less than 25%, of any class of voting securities. 

3

Interstate banking and branching. Section 613 of the Dodd-Frank Act amends the interstate branching provisions of the Riegle-Neal 
Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994. The amendments authorize a state or national bank to open a de novo 
branch in another state if the law of the state where the branch is to be located would permit a bank chartered by that state to open the 
branch. Under prior law, an out-of state bank could open a de novo branch in another state if and only if the particular state permitted 
out-of-state banks to establish a de novo branch. Section 607 of the Dodd-Frank Act also increases the approval threshold for 
interstate bank acquisitions, requiring that a bank holding company be well capitalized and well managed as a condition to approval of 
an interstate bank acquisition, rather than being merely adequately capitalized and adequately managed, and that an acquiring bank be 
and remain well capitalized and well managed as a condition to approval of an interstate bank merger.

Nonbanking activities. With some exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act has for many years prohibited a bank holding company 
from acquiring or retaining direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a 
bank or bank holding company or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or 
controlling banks, or providing services for its subsidiaries. The principal exceptions to these prohibitions involve non-bank activities 
that, by statute or by Federal Reserve regulation or order, are held to be closely related to the business of banking or of managing or 
controlling banks. A bank holding company may become a financial holding company if each of its subsidiary banks is well 
capitalized under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act of 1991 prompt corrective action provisions, is well managed, and 
has at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act, by filing a declaration that the bank holding company elects 
to become a financial holding company.  The Company is a financial holding company subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve 
Board.  No regulatory approval is required for a financial holding company to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings 
association, engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the 
Federal Reserve Board. 

The Financial Services Modernization Act defines “financial in nature” to include: 







securities underwriting, dealing and market making; 

sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; 

insurance underwriting and agency; 

 merchant banking; and 



activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking. 

Capital. Risk-based capital requirements. Capital hedges risk, absorbing losses that can, as well as losses that cannot, be predicted. A 
financial institution must “maintain capital commensurate with the nature and extent of risks to the institution and the ability of 
management to identify, measure, monitor, and control these risks. The effect of credit, market, and other risks on the institution’s 
financial condition should be considered when evaluating the adequacy of capital.” The minimum ratio of total capital to risk-
weighted assets is 8.0%, of which at least 4.0% must consist of Tier 1 capital. The minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio – Tier 1 capital to 
average assets – is 3.0% for the highest rated institutions and at least 4.0% for all others. These ratios are absolute minimums. In 
practice, banks are expected to operate with more than the absolute minimum capital. The Federal Reserve may establish greater 
minimum capital requirements for specific institutions. Failure to satisfy capital guidelines could subject a banking institution to a 
variety of enforcement actions by federal bank regulatory authorities, including the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC and 
a prohibition on the acceptance of brokered deposits. A bank that does not achieve and maintain the required capital levels may be 
issued a capital directive to ensure the maintenance of required capital levels. 

4

 
Also known as core capital, Tier 1 capital consists of common shareholders’ equity, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and 
minority interests in certain subsidiaries, less most intangible assets. Tier 2 capital, also known as supplementary capital, consists of 
preferred stock not qualifying as Tier 1 capital, limited amounts of subordinated debt, other qualifying term debt, a limited amount of 
the allowance for loan and lease losses (up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets), and certain other instruments that have 
some characteristics of equity. To determine risk-weighted assets, the nominal dollar amounts of assets on the balance sheet and 
credit-equivalent amounts of off-balance-sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, such as 0.0% for 
assets considered to have low credit risk, for example cash and certain U.S. government securities, 100.0% for assets with relatively 
higher credit risk, such as business loans, or a risk weight exceeding 100% for selected investments that are rated below investment 
grade or, if not rated, that are equivalent to investments rated below investment grade. A banking organization’s risk-based capital 
ratios are obtained by dividing its Tier 1 capital and total qualifying capital (Tier 1 capital and a limited amount of Tier 2 capital) by 
its total risk-adjusted assets. The Federal Reserve may also employ a market risk component in its calculation of capital requirements 
for nonmember banks engaged in significant trading activity. The market risk component could require additional capital for general 
or specific market risk of trading portfolios of debt and equity securities and other investments or assets. The Federal Reserve’s 
evaluation of an institution’s capital adequacy takes account of a variety of other factors, including, among others, interest rate risks to 
which the institution is subject, the level and quality of an institution’s earnings, loan and investment portfolio characteristics, and 
risks arising from the conduct of nontraditional activities. Accordingly, the Federal Reserve’s final supervisory judgment concerning 
an institution’s capital adequacy could differ significantly from the conclusions that might be derived from the absolute level of an 
institution’s risk-based capital ratios. Therefore, institutions generally are expected to maintain risk-based capital ratios that exceed the 
minimum ratios. This is particularly true for institutions contemplating significant expansion plans and institutions that are subject to 
high or inordinate levels of risk. 

The Federal Reserve employs similar risk-based capital guidelines in the regulation of bank holding companies and financial 
institutions. If capital falls below the minimum levels established by the guidelines, the bank holding company or bank may be denied 
approval to acquire or establish additional banks or non-bank businesses or to open new facilities. In general, bank holding companies 
are required to maintain the same capital ratios as banks, which is a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8% and 
Tier 1 capital of at least 4%. Bank holding companies are also subject to a leverage ratio requirement. The minimum required leverage 
ratio for the very highest rated companies is 3%, but as a practical matter the minimum required leverage ratio for most bank holding 
companies is 4% or higher. Bank holding companies also must serve as a source of strength for their subsidiary banking institutions. 
Under Bank Holding Company Act section 5(e), the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or 
relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary if the Federal Reserve determines that the activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the 
financial safety, soundness, or stability of a subsidiary bank. 

Prompt corrective action.  In addition to the capital adequacy requirements set forth above, every financial institution is classified into 
one of five categories based upon the institution’s capital ratios, the results of regulatory examinations of the institution and whether 
the institution is subject to enforcement agreements with its regulatory authorities. The categories are “well capitalized,” “adequately 
capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” The capital of the Company and 
the Bank as of December 31, 2013 were as follows:  

(Amounts in thousands)

Cortland Bancorp (1)

The Cortland Savings &
Banking Company

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Total capital to risk-weighted assets
Actual ..................................................................  $
For capital adequacy purposes ............................
To be well capitalized  ........................................
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
Actual ..................................................................
For capital adequacy purposes ............................
To be well capitalized .........................................
Tier 1 leverage capital
Actual ..................................................................
For capital adequacy purposes ............................
To be well capitalized .........................................

58,774  
33,138  
41,423  

54,927  
16,569  
24,854  

54,927  
21,635  
27,044  

$

14.19%  
8.00%  
10.00%  

13.26%  
4.00%  
6.00%  

10.35%  
4.00%  
5.00%  

56,277  
32,909  
41,136  

46,430  
16,454  
24,682  

46,430  
21,510  
26,887  

13.68% 
8.00% 
10.00% 

11.29% 
4.00% 
6.00% 

8.80% 
4.00% 
5.00% 

(1)  The amounts and percentages set forth for the Company to be deemed “well capitalized” are required for the Company to remain a 
financial holding company.  

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
A bank with a capital level that might qualify for well capitalized or adequately capitalized status may nevertheless be treated as 
though the bank is in the next lower capital category if the bank’s primary federal banking supervisory authority determines that an 
unsafe or unsound condition or practice warrants that treatment. A bank’s operations can be significantly affected by its capital 
classification under the prompt corrective action rules. For example, a bank that is not well capitalized generally is prohibited from 
accepting brokered deposits and offering interest rates on deposits higher than the prevailing rate in its market without advance 
regulatory approval. These deposit-funding limitations can have an adverse effect on the bank’s liquidity. At each successively lower 
capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to additional restrictions. Undercapitalized banks are required to take 
specified actions to increase their capital or otherwise decrease the risks to the federal deposit insurance fund. Bank regulatory 
agencies generally are required to appoint a receiver or conservator within 90 days after a bank becomes critically undercapitalized, 
with a leverage ratio of less than 2%. Section 38(f)(2)(I) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that a federal bank regulatory 
authority may require a bank holding company to divest itself of an undercapitalized bank subsidiary if the agency determines that 
divestiture will improve the bank’s financial condition and prospects. 

The current capital requirements are based on the 1998 capital accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the Basel 
Committee). In December 2010 and January 2011, the Basel Committee released a new framework, referred to as Basel III. After first 
adopting new capital requirements for larger financial institutions, in July 2013, the United States banking regulators issued final (or, 
in the case of the FDIC, interim final) new capital rules applicable to smaller banking organizations.  Community banking 
organizations, including the Company and the Bank, will begin transitioning to the new rules on January 1, 2015.  The new minimum 
capital requirements are effective on January 1, 2015, whereas a new capital conservation buffer and deductions from common equity 
capital phase in from January 1, 2016, through January 1, 2019, and most deductions from common equity tier 1 capital will phase in 
from January 1, 2015, through January 1, 2019. 

The following is a summary of the major changes from the current general risk-based capital rule:

1.

2.

3.

4.  

5.

6.

higher minimum capital requirements, including a new common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5 percent and criteria 
instruments must meet in order to be considered common equity tier 1 capital; a tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0 percent; 
the retention of a total capital ratio of 8.0 percent; and a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0 percent;

stricter eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments;

restrictions on the payment of capital distributions, including dividends, and certain discretionary bonus payments to 
executive officers, if the organization does not hold a capital conservation buffer of greater than 2.5 percent 
composed of common equity tier 1 capital above its minimum risk-based capital requirements, or if its eligible 
retained income is negative in that quarter and its capital conservation buffer ratio was less than 2.5 percent at the 
beginning of the quarter;  

replacement of the external credit ratings approach to standards of creditworthiness with a simplified supervisory 
formula approach;

stricter limitations on the extent to which mortgage servicing assets, deferred tax assets and significant investments 
in unconsolidated financial institutions may be included in common equity tier 1 capital and the risk weight to be 
assigned to any amounts of such assets not deducted; and 

increased risk weights for past-due loans, certain commercial real estate loans and some equity exposures, and 
selected other changes in risk weights and credit conversion factors.

Federal deposit insurance. Deposits in the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to applicable limits through the Deposit Insurance Fund. 
Insured banks must pay deposit insurance premiums assessed semiannually and paid quarterly. The insurance premium amount is 
based upon a risk classification system established by the FDIC and the assessment base of each institution, which is the institution’s 
average total assets minus average tangible equity. Banks with higher levels of capital and a low degree of supervisory concern are 
assessed lower premiums than banks with lower levels of capital or a higher degree of supervisory concern. Effective January 1, 2009, 
the FDIC increased assessment rates uniformly for all risk categories by 7 cents for the first quarter 2009 assessment period. In 2009, 
the FDIC adopted a rule that imposed a special assessment on banks payable in September 2009 and that allowed the FDIC to impose 
additional special assessments to replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund, which was badly depleted by bank failures. As an alternative 
to imposing additional special assessments on insured depository institutions or borrowing from the U.S. Treasury, on November 12, 
2009, the FDIC adopted a proposal to increase deposit insurance assessments effective on January 1, 2011, and to require all insured 
depository institutions to prepay by the end of 2009 their deposit insurance assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for the 
entirety of 2010 through 2012. Institutions recorded the prepaid FDIC insurance assessments as an asset as of December 31, 2009, 
later charging the assessments to expense in the periods to which the assessments apply. 

6

   
The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if the FDIC determines that the institution has 
engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any 
applicable law, regulation, order, or any condition imposed in writing by or written agreement with the FDIC. 

Selected regulations. Transactions with affiliates. The Bank must comply with section 23A and section 23B of the Federal Reserve 
Act, establishing rules for transactions by member banks with affiliates. These provisions protect banks from abuse in financial 
transactions with affiliates. Generally, section 23A and section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (1) limit the extent to which a bank or 
its subsidiaries may lend to or engage in various other kinds of transactions with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the 
institution’s capital and surplus (2) limit the aggregate of covered transactions with all affiliates to 20% of capital and surplus, 
(3) impose strict collateral requirements on loans or extensions of credit by a bank to an affiliate, (4) impose restrictions on 
investments by a subsidiary bank in the stock or securities of its holding company, (5) impose restrictions on the use of a holding 
company’s stock as collateral for loans by the subsidiary bank, and (6) require that affiliate transactions be on terms substantially the 
same as those provided to a non-affiliate. 

Loans to insiders. The authority of the Bank to extend credit to insiders –meaning executive officers, directors, and greater than 10% 
shareholders – or to entities those persons control, is subject to section 22(g) and section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and 
Regulation O of the Federal Reserve. These laws require that insider loans be made on terms substantially similar to those offered to 
unaffiliated individuals, place limits on the amount of loans a bank may make to insiders based in part on the bank’s capital position, 
and require specified approval procedures. Loans to an individual insider may not exceed the general legal limit on loans to any one 
borrower. The aggregate of all loans to all insiders may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Insider loans exceeding 
the greater of 5% of capital or $25,000 must be approved in advance by a majority of the board, with any interested director not 
participating in the voting. Loans to executive officers are subject to additional imitations based on the purpose of the loan. A 
violation of these restrictions could result in the assessment of substantial civil money penalties, the imposition of a cease-and-desist 
order, or other regulatory sanctions. 

Loans to one borrower. Under Ohio law, the total loans and extensions of credit by an Ohio-chartered bank to a person outstanding at 
any time generally may not exceed 15% of the bank’s unimpaired capital, plus 10% of unimpaired capital for loans and extensions of 
credit fully secured by readily marketable collateral. 

Dividends and Distributions. Shareholders of an Ohio corporation are entitled to dividends when, as, and if declared by the 
corporation’s board of directors. Future dividends will depend on earnings, financial condition, results of operations, business 
prospects, capital requirements, regulatory restrictions, and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant. 

The Company’s ability to obtain funds for the payment of cash dividends and for other cash requirements depends on the amount of 
dividends that may be paid by the Bank to the Company. Under Ohio law, a dividend may be declared by a bank from surplus, 
meaning additional paid-in capital, with the approval of (x) the Ohio Division and (y) the holders of two-thirds of the bank’s 
outstanding shares. Superintendent approval is also necessary for payment of a dividend if the total of all cash dividends in a year 
exceeds the sum of (x) net income for the year and (y) retained net income for the two preceding years. According to the Federal 
Reserve, it is a prudent banking practice to continue paying cash dividends if and only if the bank or holding company’s net income 
over the past year is sufficient to fully fund the dividends and if the prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with the 
organization’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. Relying on 12 U.S.C. 1818(b), the Federal Reserve may 
restrict a member bank’s ability to pay a dividend if the Federal Reserve has reasonable cause to believe that the dividend would 
constitute an unsafe and unsound practice. A bank’s ability to pay dividends may be affected also by the Federal Reserve’s capital 
maintenance requirements and prompt corrective action rules. 

A bank holding company may not purchase or redeem its equity securities without advance written approval of the Federal Reserve 
under Federal Reserve Rule 225.4(b) if the purchase or redemption, when combined with all other purchases and redemptions by the 
bank holding company during the preceding 12 months, equals or exceeds 10% of the bank holding company’s consolidated net 
worth. However, advance approval is not necessary if the bank holding company is well managed, is not the subject of any unresolved 
supervisory issues, and both before and immediately after the purchase or redemption is well capitalized. 

Developments affecting management and corporate governance. In June 2010, the federal banking agencies jointly published their 
final Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies. The goal is to enable financial organizations to manage the safety and 
soundness risks of incentive compensation arrangements and to assist them with identification of improperly structured compensation 
arrangements. To ensure that incentive compensation arrangements do not encourage employees to take excessive risks that 
undermine safety and soundness, the incentive compensation guidance sets forth these key principles – -incentive compensation 
arrangements should provide employees incentives that appropriately balance risk and financial results in a manner that does not 
encourage employees to expose the organization to imprudent risk, -these arrangements should be compatible with effective controls 
and risk management, and these arrangements should be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective 
oversight by the board of directors. 

7

To implement the interagency guidance, a financial organization must regularly review incentive compensation arrangements for all 
executive and non-executive employees who, either individually or as part of a group, have the ability to expose the organization to 
material amounts of risk, as well as to regularly review the risk-management, control, and corporate governance processes related to 
these arrangements. The organization must immediately correct any identified deficiencies in compensation arrangements or processes 
that are inconsistent with safety and soundness and must ensure that incentive compensation arrangements are consistent with the 
principles discussed in the guidance. 

In addition to numerous provisions that affect the business of banks and bank holding companies, the Dodd-Frank Act includes a 
number of provisions affecting corporate governance and executive compensation. The corporate governance and compensation 
provisions include: (1) a requirement that public companies solicit a Say-on-Pay vote, a Say-on-Frequency vote and, in the event of a 
merger or other extraordinary transaction, a Say-on-Golden Parachute vote; (2) requirements that the SEC adopt rules directing the 
securities exchanges to adopt listing standards with respect to compensation committee independence and the use of consultants; 
(3) provisions calling for the SEC to adopt expanded disclosure requirements for the annual proxy statement and other filings, 
particularly in the area of executive compensation; and (4) provisions that will require the adoption or revision of certain other 
policies, such as compensation recovery policies providing for the recovery of executive compensation in the event of a financial 
restatement. The SEC and the stock exchanges have adopted rules implementing many of these requirements, while still others are 
proposed or yet to be proposed.   

Consumer protection laws and regulations. Banks are subject to regular examination to ensure compliance with federal statutes and 
regulations applicable to their business, including consumer protection statutes and implementing regulations, some of which are 
discussed below. Potential penalties under these laws include, but are not limited to, fines. The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, 
which has extensive regulatory and enforcement powers over consumer financial products and services.  Since the appointment of a 
director for the CFPB in January 2012, the CFPB has adopted numerous rules with respect to consumer protection laws, amending 
some existing regulations and adopting new ones.  It has also commenced enforcement actions.  The following are just some of the 
consumer protection laws applicable to the Bank.     

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the CRA) and implementing regulations of the 
federal banking agencies, a financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation – consistent with safe and sound operation 
– to fulfill the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. But the CRA does not 
establish specific lending requirements nor does the CRA limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services 
the institution believes are best suited to the community. The CRA requires that bank regulatory agencies conduct regular CRA 
examinations and provide written evaluations of institutions’ CRA performance. The CRA also requires that an institution’s CRA 
performance rating be made public. Federal bank regulatory agencies consider CRA performance evaluations when they evaluate 
applications for such things as mergers, acquisitions, and applications to open branches. The Bank’s most recent CRA performance 
rating is “satisfactory.”  

Equal Credit Opportunity Act. The Equal Credit Opportunity Act generally prohibits discrimination in any credit transaction, whether 
for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited 
circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs, or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit 
Protection Act. 

Truth in Lending Act. The Truth in Lending Act is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so that 
consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. As a result of the Truth in Lending Act, all creditors must use 
the same credit terminology to express rates and payments, including the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount 
financed, the total of payments, and the payment schedule, among other things. 

Fair Housing Act. The Fair Housing Act makes it unlawful for any lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities 
against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap, or familial status. 

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act requires financial institutions to collect data that enable 
regulatory agencies to determine whether the financial institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and 
communities in which they are located. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act also requires the collection and disclosure of data about 
applicant and borrower characteristics as a way to identify possible discriminatory lending patterns. 

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act requires that lenders provide borrowers with 
disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements. The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act also prohibits abusive 
practices that increase borrowers’ costs, such as kickbacks and fee-splitting without providing settlement services. 

8

Privacy. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, all financial institutions are required to establish policies and procedures to restrict the 
sharing of non-public customer data with non-affiliated parties and to protect customer data from unauthorized access. In addition, the 
Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1971 includes many provisions concerning national credit reporting standards and permits consumers to 
opt out of information-sharing for marketing purposes among affiliated entities. 

Predatory lending. What is commonly referred to as predatory lending typically involves one or more of the following elements: 
making unaffordable loans based on a borrower’s assets rather than the borrower’s ability to repay an obligation; inducing a borrower 
to refinance a loan repeatedly in order to charge high points and fees each time the loan is refinanced, or loan flipping; and engaging 
in fraud or deception to conceal the true nature of the loan obligation from an unsuspecting or unsophisticated borrower. 

The Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994 and implementing regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve require 
specified disclosures and extend additional protection to borrowers in closed-end consumer credit transactions, such as home repairs 
or renovation, that are secured by a mortgage on the borrower’s primary residence. The Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act 
prohibits or restricts numerous credit practices, including loan flipping by the same lender or loan servicer within a year of the loan 
being refinanced. Lenders are presumed to have violated the law unless they document that the borrower has the ability to repay. 

Monetary policy. The earnings of financial institutions are affected by the policies of regulatory authorities, including monetary 
policy of the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is regulation of aggregate national credit and money 
supply, relying on measures such as open market transactions in securities, establishment of the discount rate on bank borrowings, and 
changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These methods are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth 
and distribution of financial institutions’ loans, investments, and deposits, and they also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid 
on deposits. Monetary policy is influenced by many factors, including inflation, unemployment, short-term and long-term changes in 
the international trade balance, and fiscal policies of the United States government. Federal Reserve Board monetary policy has had a 
significant effect on the operating results of financial institutions in the past and it will continue to influence operating results in the 
future. 

Anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism legislation. The Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 requires financial institutions to maintain 
records and report transactions to prevent the financial institutions from being used to hide money derived from criminal activity and 
tax evasion. The Bank Secrecy Act establishes (a) record-keeping requirements to assist government enforcement agencies with 
tracing financial transactions and flow of funds, (b) reporting requirements for Suspicious Activity Reports and Currency Transaction 
Reports to assist government enforcement agencies with detecting patterns of criminal activity, (c) enforcement provisions authorizing 
criminal and civil penalties for illegal activities and violations of the Bank Secrecy Act and its implementing regulations, and (d) safe 
harbor provisions that protect financial institutions from civil liability for their cooperative efforts. 

The Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign 
countries, entities, and individuals based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals. As a result, financial institutions must 
scrutinize transactions to ensure that they do not represent obligations of or ownership interests in entities owned or controlled by 
sanctioned targets. 

Signed into law on October 26, 2001, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 enhances the powers of domestic law enforcement 
organizations to resist the international terrorist threat to United States security. Title III of the legislation, the International Money 
Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001, most directly affects the financial services industry, enhancing the 
federal government’s ability to fight money laundering through monitoring of currency transactions and suspicious financial activities. 
Financial institutions must establish due diligence policies, procedures, and controls reasonably designed to detect and report money 
laundering through correspondent accounts and private banking accounts, share information with law enforcement about individuals, 
entities, and organizations engaged in or suspected of engaging in terrorist acts or money laundering activities, and comply with 
regulations setting forth minimum standards regarding customer identification. These regulations require financial institutions to 
implement reasonable procedures for verifying the identity of any person seeking to open an account, maintain records of the 
information used to verify the person’s identity, and consult lists of known or suspected terrorists and terrorist organizations provided 
to the financial institution by government agencies. 

9

Volcker Rule. In December 2013, five federal agencies adopted a final regulation implementing the Volcker Rule provision of the 
Dodd-Frank Act (the “Volcker Rule”).  The Volcker Rule places limits on the trading activity of insured depository institutions and 
entities affiliated with a depository institution, subject to certain exceptions.  The trading activity includes a purchase or sale as 
principal of a security, derivative, commodity future or option on any such instrument in order to benefit from short-term price 
movements or to realize short-term profits.  The Volcker Rule exempts specified U.S. Government, agency and/or municipal 
obligations, and it excepts trading conducted in certain capacities, including as a broker or other agent, through a deferred 
compensation or pension plan, as a fiduciary on behalf of customers, to satisfy a debt previously contracted, repurchase and securities 
lending agreements and risk-mitigating hedging activities. 

The Volcker Rule also prohibits a banking entity from having an ownership interest in, or certain relationships with, a hedge fund or 
private equity fund, with a number of exceptions.  Included among those prohibited investments are certain collateralized debt 
obligations (CDOs) collateralized by trust preferred securities (TruPS). While the five regulatory agencies issued an Interim Final 
Rule on January 14, 2014, granting relief from the prohibition against holding certain CDOs secured by TruPS issued by bank or thrift 
holding companies, the relief does not extend to CDOs collateralized by TruPS issued by insurance companies (iTruPS).  The 
Company maintains a position in nine iTruPS. The Company will be required to divest those securities by July 21, 2015, unless the 
Federal Reserve grants an extension to July 21, 2017.  As a result of that requirement, a $2.0 million other-than-temporary impairment 
loss ($1.3 million after tax) was recognized in the Company’s fourth quarter 2013 financial statements.

The Company has no other investments prohibited by the Volcker Rule and does not engage in any of the trading activities governed 
by the Volcker Rule.                  

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

The Company files an annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to 
those reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 
Amended (the Exchange Act). The Company’s website is www.cortland-banks.com. The Company makes available through its 
website, free of charge, the reports filed with the SEC, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed, or 
furnished to, the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other 
information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The public may read and copy any materials filed 
with the Commission at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days 
during the hours of 10:00 am to 3:00 pm. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by 
calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. 

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

Like all financial companies, the Company’s business and results of operations are subject to a number of risks, many of which are 
outside of our control. In addition to the other information in this report, readers should carefully consider that the following important 
factors could materially impact our business and future results of operations. 

Our business may be adversely affected by current conditions in the financial markets, the real estate market and economic 
conditions generally. 

Negative developments in the capital markets in recent years resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets and an economic 
downturn. The housing market declined, resulting in decreasing home prices and increasing delinquencies and foreclosures. The credit 
performance of mortgage and construction loans resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including 
government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks. The declines in the performance and value of mortgage 
assets encompassed all mortgage and real estate asset types, leveraged bank loans and nearly all other asset classes, including equity 
securities. These write-downs have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital or to merge with larger and stronger 
institutions. Some financial institutions have failed. Although some improvements in the U.S. economy have occurred, housing prices 
are still depressed and continue to decline in some markets and unemployment remains high compared to levels prior to the recession. 
Debt concerns in Europe have added to volatility in the capital markets and concerns over whether such improvements in the U.S. 
economy will continue. Moreover, the economy could be severely negatively affected by disagreements in the federal government 
with respect to the budget and the debt ceiling. 

10

 
In addition to the increases in delinquencies and foreclosures on existing loans and the reductions in the value of collateral, the 
slowing of business activity and the high unemployment rates have had an adverse effect on loan demand from both businesses and 
consumers. A worsening of current conditions would likely adversely affect our business and results of operations, as well as those of 
our customers. As a result, we may experience increased foreclosures, delinquencies and customer bankruptcies, as well as decreased 
loan demand. 

The enactment of new legislation and increased regulatory oversight may significantly affect our financial condition and results of 
operations. 

The Federal Reserve Board, Congress, the Treasury, the FDIC and others have taken numerous actions to address the current liquidity 
and credit situation in the financial markets. These measures include actions to encourage loan restructuring and modification for 
homeowners; the establishment of significant liquidity and credit facilities for financial institutions and investment banks; the 
lowering of the federal funds rate; and coordinated efforts to address liquidity and other weaknesses in the banking sector. The long-
term effect of actions already taken as well as new legislation is unknown. Continued or renewed instability in the financial markets 
could weaken public confidence in financial institutions and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain new customers. 

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. This law is significantly changing the regulation of financial 
institutions and the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of 
regulations with significant discretion.  While some of the provisions have already been implemented, many still have not, and the 
effects they will have on our company will not be known for years. 

Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act apply directly only to institutions much larger than ours, and some will affect only 
institutions with different charters than ours or institutions that engage in activities in which we do not engage. Among the provisions 
already implemented that have had or many have an effect on our business are the following: 













the Dodd-Frank Act created a Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to adopt and enforce consumer 
protection regulations; 

new capital regulations for bank holding companies have been adopted, which impose stricter requirements, and any new 
trust preferred securities will no longer count toward Tier I capital; 

the federal law prohibition on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposit accounts was eliminated effective in 
July 2011; 

the standard maximum amount of deposit insurance per customer is permanently increased to $250,000, and non-interest 
bearing transaction accounts had unlimited insurance through December 31, 2012; 

the assessment base for determining deposit insurance premiums has been expanded to include liabilities other than just 
deposits; and 

new corporate governance requirements applicable generally to all public companies in all industries require, or will 
require when implemented, new compensation practices, including requiring companies to “claw back” incentive 
compensation under certain circumstances, to provide shareholders the opportunity to cast a non-binding vote on 
executive compensation, and to consider the independence of compensation advisers, and new executive compensation 
disclosure requirements. 

New regulations pertaining to debit card fees were enacted by the Federal Reserve in October 2011. The new rules cap debit 
interchange fees for banks with more than $10 billion in assets. Although there is no cap for smaller banks, including the Bank, it is 
still unclear what other market changes may impact debit card fees as the debit cards with higher fees become less competitive, and 
larger banks take steps to recover income lost due to the caps on their debit card interchange fees. 

Although it is impossible for us to predict at this time all the effects the Dodd-Frank Act will have on us and the rest of our industry, it 
is possible that our non-interest income could decrease, both our interest expense and our non-interest expense could increase, deposit 
insurance premiums could change, and steps may need to be taken to increase qualifying capital. We expect that our operating and 
compliance costs will increase and could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. 

In addition to laws, regulations and actions directed at the operations of banks, proposals to reform the housing finance market 
consider winding down Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which could negatively affect our loan sales. 

11

Adverse changes in the financial markets may adversely impact our results of operations. 

The global financial markets have experienced increased volatility in recent years. While we generally invest in securities issued by 
U.S. government agencies and sponsored entities and U.S. state and local governments with limited credit risk, certain investment 
securities we hold possess higher credit risk since they represent beneficial interests in structured investments collateralized by 
residential mortgages, debt obligations and other similar asset-backed assets. Regardless of the level of credit risk, all investment 
securities are subject to changes in market value due to changing interest rates, implied credit spreads and credit ratings. 

Over the last few years, structured investments, like our collateralized debt obligations, have been subject to significant market 
volatility due to the uncertainty of the credit ratings, deterioration in credit losses occurring within certain types of residential 
mortgages, changes in prepayments of the underlying collateral and the lack of transparency related to the investment structures and 
the collateral underlying the structured investment vehicles. These conditions have resulted in our recognizing impairment charges on 
certain investment securities during 2010 and 2009. Given recent market conditions and changing economic factors, we may be 
required to recognize additional impairment changes on securities held in our investment portfolio in the future. 

We may be compelled to seek additional capital in the future but may not be able to access capital when needed. 

Federal banking agencies have adopted extensive changes to their capital requirements, including raising required amounts and 
eliminating inclusion of certain instruments from the calculation of capital. Should we experience significant loan losses, we may need 
additional capital. In addition, we may elect to raise additional capital to support our business, to finance acquisitions, if any, or for 
other purposes. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on our financial performance, conditions in the capital 
markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, many of which are outside of our control. There can be no assurance, 
therefore, that we can raise additional capital at all or on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed or 
desired, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and prospects. 

A default by another larger financial institution could adversely affect financial markets generally. 

The commercial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of relationships between the 
institutions. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one institution could lead to significant market-wide 
liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions. This “systemic risk” may adversely affect our business. 

Changes in national and local economic and political conditions could adversely affect our earnings, as our borrowers’ ability to 
repay loans and the value of the collateral securing our loans decline and as loans and deposits decline. 

There are inherent risks associated with our lending activities, including credit risk, which is the risk that borrowers may not repay 
outstanding loans or the value of the collateral securing loans will decrease. Conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment, 
changes in interest rates and money supply and other factors beyond our control may adversely affect the ability of our borrowers to repay 
their loans and the value of collateral securing the loans, which could adversely affect our earnings. Because we have a significant amount 
of real estate loans, a decline in the value of real estate could have a material adverse effect on us. As of December 31, 2013, 81% of our 
loan portfolio consisted of commercial, commercial real estate, real estate construction and installment, all of which are generally viewed 
as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans and all of which, with the exception of installment loans, are typically 
larger than residential real estate loans. Residential real estate loans held in the portfolio are typically originated using conservative 
underwriting standards that do not include sub-prime lending. We attempt to manage credit risk through a program of underwriting 
standards, the review of certain credit decisions and an on-going process of assessment of the quality of the credit already extended. 
Economic and political changes could also adversely affect our deposits and loan demand, which could adversely affect our earnings and 
financial condition. Since substantially all of our loans are to individuals and businesses in Ohio, any decline in the economy of this 
market area could have a materially adverse effect on our credit risk and on our deposit and loan levels. 

Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. 

Our results of operations depend substantially on our net interest income, which is the difference between (i) the interest earned on loans, 
securities and other interest-earning assets and (ii) the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. These rates are highly sensitive to many 
factors beyond our control, including general economic conditions, inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply and the policies of 
various governmental and regulatory authorities. If the interest we pay on deposits and other borrowings increases at a faster rate than the 
interest we receive on loans and other investments, our net interest income and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. Earnings 
could also be adversely affected if the interest we receive on loans and other investments falls more quickly than the interest we pay on 
deposits and borrowings. While we have taken measures intended to manage the risks of operating in a changing interest rate 
environment, there can be no assurance that these measures will be effective in avoiding undue interest rate risk. 

12

Increases in interest rates also can affect the value of loans and other assets, including our ability to realize gains on the sale of assets. 
We originate loans for sale and for our portfolio. Increasing interest rates may reduce the origination of loans for sale and 
consequently the fee income we earn on such sales. Further, increasing interest rates may adversely affect the ability of borrowers to 
pay the principal or interest on loans and leases, resulting in an increase in non-performing assets and a reduction of income 
recognized. 

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may have a material adverse effect on our earnings. 

During the last few years, there have been higher levels of bank failures, which dramatically increased resolution costs of the FDIC 
and depleted the deposit insurance fund. In order to maintain a strong funding position and restore reserve ratios of the deposit 
insurance fund, the FDIC increased assessment rates of insured institutions uniformly by 7 basis points (7 cents for every $100 of 
deposits) for 2009 and 2010. Additional changes were also made to require riskier institutions to pay a larger share of premiums by 
factoring in rate adjustments based on secured liabilities and unsecured debt levels. 

The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the EESA) instituted two temporary programs to further insure customer 
deposits at FDIC-member banks: deposit accounts became insured up to $250,000 per customer (up from $100,000) and noninterest 
bearing transactional accounts became fully insured (unlimited coverage). Since then, the Dodd-Frank Act made the increase in the 
standard maximum insurance amount permanent, and the unlimited coverage of non-interest bearing transactions accounts had been 
extended until December 31, 2012. This unlimited coverage was not extended past that date. 

The FDIC also adopted a rule that imposed a special assessment for the second quarter of 2009 and adopted a rule requiring insured 
institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 
2012. An institution’s assessment for 2011 and 2012 was increased by 3 basis points. 

Effective April 1, 2011, the assessment base was changed from total domestic deposits to average total assets minus average tangible 
equity. The new regulations also changed the assessment for larger institutions and the assessment rate schedules. 

We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional 
financial institution failures, we may be required to pay higher FDIC premiums. Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may 
materially adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to continue to pay dividends on our common shares at the current 
rate or at all. 

Our allowance for loan losses may be insufficient. 

We maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for probable loan losses based on management’s quarterly analysis of the loan 
portfolio. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States (GAAP) requires management to make significant estimates that affect the financial statements. One of our most critical 
estimates is the level of the allowance for loan losses. Due to the inherent nature of these estimates, we cannot provide absolute 
assurance that we will not be required to charge earnings for significant unexpected loan losses. For more information on the 
sensitivity of these estimates, refer to the discussion of our “Critical Accounting Policies” in this report. 

We maintain an allowance for loan losses that we believe is a reasonable estimate of known and inherent losses within the loan 
portfolio. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of 
our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. In deciding whether to 
extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, we may rely on information provided to us by 
customers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of 
customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on 
reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to a business, we may assume that the customer’s 
audited financial statements conform with GAAP and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows of the customer. We may also rely on the audit report covering those financial statements. Our financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows could be negatively impacted to the extent that we rely on financial statements that do 
not comply with GAAP or on financial statements and other financial information that are materially misleading. 

13

Through a periodic review and consideration of the loan portfolio, management determines the amount of the allowance for loan 
losses by considering general market conditions, credit quality of the loan portfolio, the collateral supporting the loans and 
performance of customers relative to their financial obligations with us. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in 
economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, which may be beyond our control, and these losses may 
exceed current estimates. We cannot fully predict the amount or timing of losses or whether the loss allowance will be adequate in the 
future. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our 
loan portfolio, resulting in additions could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In 
addition, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses as part of their examination process and may 
require management to increase the allowance or recognize further loan charge-offs based on judgments different than those of 
management. Any increase in the provision for loan losses would decrease our pretax and net income. 

If we foreclose on collateral property and own the underlying real estate, we may be subject to the increased costs associated with 
the ownership of real property, resulting in reduced revenues. 

We may have to foreclose on collateral property to protect our investment and may thereafter own and operate such property, in which 
case we will be exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate. The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a 
default is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to: (i) general or local economic conditions; 
(ii) neighborhood values; (iii) interest rates; (iv) real estate tax rates; (v) operating expenses of the mortgaged properties; (vi) supply of 
and demand for rental units or properties; (vii) ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties; (viii) zoning laws; 
(ix) governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies; and (x) acts of God. Certain expenditures associated with the ownership of real 
estate, principally real estate taxes and maintenance costs, may adversely affect the income from the real estate. Therefore, the cost of 
operating a real property may exceed the rental income earned from such property, and we may have to advance funds in order to 
protect our investment, or we may be required to dispose of the real property at a loss. The foregoing expenditures and costs could 
adversely affect our ability to generate revenues, resulting in reduced levels of profitability. 

Environmental liability associated with commercial lending could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

In the course of our business, we may acquire, through foreclosure, commercial properties securing loans that are in default. There is a 
risk that hazardous substances could be discovered on those properties. In this event, we could be required to remove the substances 
from and remediate the properties at our cost and expense. The cost of removal and environmental remediation could be substantial. 
We may not have adequate remedies against the owners of the properties or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or 
impossible to sell the affected properties. These events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of 
operation. 

The loss of key members of our senior management team could adversely affect our business. 

We believe that our success depends largely on the efforts and abilities of our senior management. Their experience and industry 
contacts significantly benefit us. In addition, our success depends in part upon senior management’s ability to implement our business 
strategy. The competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense, and the loss of services of any of our 
senior executive officers or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key personnel could adversely affect our business. 
We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain our existing key personnel or attract additional qualified personnel. 

Loss of key employees may disrupt relationships with certain customers. 

Our business is primarily relationship-driven in that many of our key employees have extensive customer relationships. Loss of a key 
employee with such customer relationships may lead to the loss of business if the customers were to follow that employee to a 
competitor. While we believe our relationships with our key producers is good, we cannot guarantee that all of our key personnel will 
remain with our organization. Loss of such key personnel, should they enter into an employment relationship with one of our 
competitors, could result in the loss of some of our customers. 

We operate in an extremely competitive market, and our business will suffer if we are unable to compete effectively. 

In our market area, we encounter significant competition from other banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage 
banking firms, securities brokerage firms, asset management firms and insurance companies. The increasingly competitive 
environment is a result primarily of changes in regulation and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial service 
providers. The Company is smaller than many of our competitors. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources and 
lending limits than we do and may offer services that we do not or cannot provide. 

14

Our ability to pay cash dividends is limited. 

We are dependent primarily upon the earnings of our operating subsidiaries for funds to pay dividends on our common shares. The 
payment of dividends by us and our subsidiaries is subject to certain regulatory restrictions. As a result, any payment of dividends in 
the future will be dependent, in large part, on our ability to satisfy these regulatory restrictions and our subsidiaries’ earnings, capital 
requirements, financial condition and other factors. Although our financial earnings and financial condition have allowed us to declare 
and pay periodic cash dividends to our shareholders, there can be no assurance that our dividend policy or size of dividend distribution 
will continue in the future. 

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. 

Management’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of 
operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods in 
order to ensure that they comply with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s judgment as to the most 
appropriate manner in which to record and report our financial condition and results of operations. One of the most critical estimates is 
the level of the allowance of loan losses. Due to the inherent nature of these estimates, we cannot provide absolute assurance that we 
will not significantly increase the allowance for loan losses or sustain loan losses that are significantly higher than the provided 
allowance. 

Material breaches in security of our systems or those of third-party service providers may have a significant effect on our business. 

We collect, process and store sensitive consumer data by utilizing computer systems and telecommunications networks operated by 
both us and third-party service providers. We have security and backup and recovery systems in place, as well as a business continuity 
plan, to ensure the computer systems will not be inoperable, to the extent possible. We also have implemented security controls to 
prevent unauthorized access to the computer systems and requires its third-party service providers to maintain similar controls. 
However, management cannot be certain that these measures will be successful. A security breach of the computer systems and loss of 
confidential information, such as customer account numbers and related information, could result in a loss of customers’ confidence 
and, thus, loss of business. 

The Bank’s necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process the bank’s transaction volumes poses the risk that 
technical system flaws or employee errors, tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses and may be difficult to 
detect. The company’s subsidiary bank may also be subject to disruptions of the operating system arising from events that are beyond 
the bank’s control (for example, computer viruses, cyber attacks preventing customer access or electrical or telecommunications 
outages). The Bank is further exposed to the risk that the third-party service providers may be unable to fulfill their contractual 
obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors as the Bank). These disruptions may interfere with service 
to the Bank’s customers and result in a financial loss or liability. 

Trading in our common shares is very limited, which may adversely affect the time and the price at which you can sell your 
Company common shares. 

Although the common shares of the Company are quoted on the OTC Market, trading in the Company’s common shares is not active, 
and the spread between the bid and the asked price is often wide. As a result, you may not be able to sell your shares on short notice, 
and the sale of a large number of shares at one time could temporarily depress the market price. The price at which you may be able to 
sell your common shares may be significantly lower than the price at which you could buy the Company’s common shares at that 
time. 

Our organizational documents may have the effect of discouraging a third party from acquiring us. 

Our articles of incorporation and code of regulations contain provisions, including a staggered board of directors and a supermajority 
vote requirement, that make it more difficult for a third party to gain control or acquire us without the consent of the board of 
directors. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and may make it more difficult for dissident shareholders to elect 
representatives as directors and take other corporate actions. 

15

Future expansion may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. 

We may acquire other financial institutions or parts of institutions in the future and may open new branches. We also may consider 
and enter into new lines of business or offer new products or services. Expansions of our business involve a number of expenses and 
risks, including: 



















the time and costs associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions; 

the potential inaccuracy of estimates and judgments used to evaluate credit, operations, management and market risk with 
respect to the target institutions; 

the time and costs of evaluating new markets, hiring local management and opening new offices, and the delay between 
commencing these activities and the generation of profits from the expansion; 

our ability to finance an acquisition or other expansion and the possible dilution to our existing shareholders; 

the diversion of management’s attention to the negotiation of a transaction and the integration of the operations and 
personnel of the combining businesses; 

entry into unfamiliar markets; 

the introduction of new products and services into our existing business; 

the incurrence and possible impairment of goodwill associated with an acquisition and possible adverse short-term effects 
on our results of operations; and 

the risk of loss of key employees and customers. 

We may incur substantial costs to expand, and we can give no assurance that such expansion will result in the levels of profits we 
expect. Neither can we assure that integration efforts for any future acquisitions will be successful. We may issue equity securities in 
connection with acquisitions, which could dilute the economic and voting interests of our existing shareholders. 

Changes in accounting standards could materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

The Company’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how our financial condition and results of operations are 
recorded and reported. The accounting standard setters, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC, and other 
regulatory bodies, from time to time may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how the Company 
records and reports financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or 
revised standard retroactively, resulting in changes to previously reported financial results, or a cumulative charge to retained 
earnings. Management may be required to make difficult, subjective, or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. 
Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. 

The Company undertakes no obligation and disclaims any intention to publish revised information or updates to forward-looking 
statements contained in the above risk factors or in any other statement made at any time by any director, officer, employee or other 
representative of the Company unless and until any such revisions or updates are required to be disclosed by applicable securities laws 
or regulations. 

Changes in tax laws could adversely affect our performance. 

We are subject to extensive federal, state and local taxes, including income, excise, sales/use, payroll, franchise, withholding and ad 
valorem taxes. Changes to our taxes could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, our customers are 
subject to a wide variety of federal, state and local taxes. Changes in taxes paid by our customers may adversely affect their ability to 
purchase homes or consumer products, which could adversely affect their demand for our loans and deposit products. In addition, such 
negative effects on our customers could result in defaults on the loans we have made and decrease the value of mortgage-backed 
securities in which we have invested. 

The effect of changes to the healthcare laws in the United States may increase the number of employees who choose to participate 
in our healthcare plans, which may significantly increase our healthcare costs and negatively impact our financial results. 
We offer healthcare coverage to our eligible employees with part of the cost subsidized by the Company. With recent changes to the 
healthcare laws in the United States becoming effective in 2014, more of our employees may choose to participate in our health 
insurance plans, which could increase our costs for such coverage and material adversely impact our costs of operations.

16

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments — Not applicable to the Company because it is a smaller reporting company. 

Item 2. Properties 

The Company owns no property. Its operations are conducted at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio. 

Full service banking business is conducted at a total of twelve offices, including: 

BOARDMAN
Victor Hills Plaza
6538 South Avenue
Boardman, Ohio 44512
330-629-9151

BRISTOL
6090 State Route 45
Bristolville, Ohio 44402
330-889-3062

BROOKFIELD
7202 Warren-Sharon Road
Brookfield, Ohio 44403
330-448-6814

CORTLAND
194 West Main Street
Cortland, Ohio 44410
330-637-8040

HUBBARD
890 West Liberty Street
Hubbard, Ohio 44425
330-534-2265

MANTUA
11661 State Route 44
Mantua, Ohio 44255
330-274-3111

NILES PARK PLAZA
815 Youngstown-Warren Road
Suite 1
Niles, Ohio 44446
330-652-8700

NORTH LIMA
9001 Market Street
North Lima, Ohio 44452
330-758-5884

VIENNA
4434 Warren-Sharon Road
Vienna, Ohio 44473
330-394-1438

WARREN
2935 Elm Road
Warren, Ohio 44483
330-372-1520

WILLIAMSFIELD
5917 U.S. Route 322
Williamsfield, Ohio 44093
440-293-7502

WINDHAM
8950 Maple Grove Road
Windham, Ohio 44288
330-326-2340

The Bank’s main and administrative office is located at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio. A mortgage origination office is 
located in Canfield, Ohio. The Hubbard, Niles Park Plaza, Canfield and Boardman offices are leased, while all of the other offices are 
owned by Cortland Banks. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings 

The Bank is involved from time to time in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business. In the opinion of 
management, the outcomes from such legal proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have any material 
effect on the Company. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures – Not applicable

17

 
PART II 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities 

The following is information regarding market information, holders and dividends. 

The Company files quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, an annual report on Form 10-K, current reports on Form 8-K, and proxy 
statements, as well as any amendments to those reports and statements, with the SEC pursuant to section 13(a) or (15)d of the 
Exchange Act. In 2014, the Company’s quarterly reports will be filed within 45 days of the end of each quarter, and the Company’s 
annual report will be filed within 90 days of the end of the year. Any person may access these reports and statements free of charge, as 
soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC, by visiting our web site at 
www.cortland-banks.com or by writing to: 

Deborah L. Eazor 
Cortland Bancorp 
194 West Main Street 
Cortland, Ohio 44410 

The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov where our filings and other information may be obtained free of charge. 

The Company’s common shares trade on the OTC Market under the symbol CLDB. The following brokerage firm is known to be 
relatively active in trading the Company’s common shares: 

Boenning & Scattergood 
9916 Brewster Lane 
Powell, OH 43065 
Telephone: 866-326-8113 

The following table shows the prices at which the common shares of the Company have actually been purchased and sold in market 
transactions and the dividends declared during the periods indicated. The range of market prices is compiled from data available 
through Yahoo Finance, Historical Prices. As of March 21, 2014, the Company has approximately 1,473 shareholders of record. 

Price Per Share

High

Low

Close

Cash
Dividends
Declared
Per Share

2013
Fourth Quarter ...........................................................................$
Third Quarter............................................................................. 
Second Quarter.......................................................................... 
First Quarter .............................................................................. 
2012
Fourth Quarter ...........................................................................$
Third Quarter............................................................................. 
Second Quarter.......................................................................... 
First Quarter .............................................................................. 
2011
Fourth Quarter ...........................................................................$
Third Quarter............................................................................. 
Second Quarter.......................................................................... 
First Quarter .............................................................................. 

10.75      $
10.48       
10.85       
11.00 

10.49      $
10.25       
10.01       
8.25       

7.60      $
7.55       
7.90       
6.25       

9.40      $
9.10       
9.95       
9.70       

9.60      $
9.40       
7.95       
6.60       

6.50      $
7.01       
5.91       
5.30       

10.25      $
9.45       
10.00       
10.79       

9.70      $
9.65       
10.00       
7.95       

6.80      $
7.36       
7.15       
6.00       

0.03  
0.03  
0.03  
0.03  

0.03  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  

For current share prices, please access our website at www.cortland-banks.com. 

The Bank is subject to a dividend restriction that generally limits the amount of dividends that can be paid by an Ohio state-chartered 
bank. Under the Ohio Banking Code, cash dividends may not exceed net profits as defined for that year combined with retained net 
profits for the two preceding years less any required transfers to surplus. Under this formula, the amount available for payment of 
dividends in 2014 is $4.3 million plus 2014 profits retained up to the date of the dividend declaration. 

18

 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
For the convenience of shareholders, the Company has established a plan whereby shareholders may have their dividends 
automatically reinvested in the common shares of the Company. Participation in the plan is completely voluntary and shareholders 
may withdraw at any time. 

Shareholder and General Inquiries
Cortland Bancorp
194 West Main Street
Cortland, Ohio 44410
(330) 637-8040
Attention: Deborah L. Eazor
Vice President
DLEazor@cortland-banks.com

Transfer Agent

IST Shareholder Services
433 S. Carlton Avenue
Wheaton, Illinois 60187
(630) 480-0393

Please contact our transfer agent directly for assistance in changing your address, elimination of duplicate mailings, transferring shares 
or replacing lost, stolen or destroyed share certificates. Other questions regarding your status as a shareholder of the Company may be 
addressed to the Company at the address above. 

The Company did not repurchase any of its common shares during 2013, 2012 and 2011.

19

 
  
  
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 

(In thousands of dollars, except for ratios and per share amounts)

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

Years Ended December 31,

0.39  
0.12  
10.94  

656  
346,833  
3,764  
448,669  
46,404  
5,155  
49,535  

20,060  
3,404  
16,656  
650  
16,006  
(1,419)  
1,491  
2,826  
2,898  
17,032  
1,872  
88  
1,784  

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS
Total interest income..................................................................................................... $ 
Total interest expense ...................................................................................................
Net interest income (NII) ..............................................................................................
Provision for loan losses ...............................................................................................
NII after loss provision .................................................................................................
Security (losses) gains including impairment losses ....................................................
Mortgage banking gains................................................................................................
Other income.................................................................................................................
Total non-interest income .............................................................................................
Total non-interest expenses...........................................................................................
Income (loss) before (benefit) tax expense ...................................................................
Federal income tax (benefit) expense ...........................................................................
Net Income (loss).......................................................................................................... $ 
PER COMMON SHARE DATA (1)
Net income (loss), both basic and diluted..................................................................... $ 
Cash dividends declared per share................................................................................
Book value ....................................................................................................................
BALANCE SHEET DATA
Assets ............................................................................................................................ $  556,918  
160,886  
Investments ...................................................................................................................
Trading securities..........................................................................................................
7,247
Loans held for sale ........................................................................................................
Loans.............................................................................................................................
Allowance for loan losses .............................................................................................
Deposits.........................................................................................................................
Borrowings....................................................................................................................
Subordinated debt .........................................................................................................
Shareholders’ equity .....................................................................................................
AVERAGE BALANCES
Assets ............................................................................................................................ $
Investments ...................................................................................................................
Trading securities..........................................................................................................
Loans.............................................................................................................................
Loans held for sale ........................................................................................................
Deposits.........................................................................................................................
Borrowings....................................................................................................................
Subordinated debt .........................................................................................................
Shareholders’ equity .....................................................................................................
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS
Loan charge-offs ........................................................................................................... $ 
Recoveries on loans ......................................................................................................
Net charge-offs.............................................................................................................. $ 
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans.................................................
Loans 30+ days delinquent as a percentage of total loans ............................................
Nonperforming loans .................................................................................................... $ 
Nonperforming securities..............................................................................................
Other real estate owned.................................................................................................
Total nonperforming assets........................................................................................... $ 
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans............................
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of:
Total assets....................................................................................................................
Equity plus allowance for loan losses...........................................................................
Tier I capital..................................................................................................................
FINANCIAL RATIOS
Return on average equity ..............................................................................................
Return on average assets...............................................................................................
Effective tax rate ...........................................................................................................
Average equity-to-average asset ratio...........................................................................
Tangible equity ratio .....................................................................................................
Cash dividend payout ratio ...........................................................................................
Net interest margin........................................................................................................

540,510  
175,712  
5,339
306,411  
12,003  
435,550  
44,127  
5,155  
49,449  

13.80  
13.39  

  $

(1,022)  
311  
(711)  
  $
0.23%    
0.54%    
  $
6,120  
1,203  
33  
7,356  
  $
61.50%    

1.32%    

3.61%    
0.33  
4.70  
9.15  
10.35  
30.77  
3.41  

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

21,015  
4,071  
16,944  
3,020  
13,924  
(157) 
1,772  
2,704  
4,319  
15,488  
2,755  
(158) 
2,913  

0.64  
0.03  
10.93  

  $

  $

  $

21,110  
4,732  
16,378  
1,196  
15,182  
680  
162  
2,716  
3,558  
13,475  
5,265  
1,193  
4,072  

0.90  
—  
10.10  

  $

  $

  $

21,872  
6,367  
15,505  
505  
15,000  
(1,694) 
236  
2,791  
1,333  
12,441  
3,892  
621  
3,271  

0.72  
—  
9.25  

23,623  
9,234  
14,389  
427  
13,962  
(14,070) 
265  
3,001  
(10,804) 
13,648  
(10,490) 
(4,155) 
(6,335) 

(1.40) 
—  
8.16  

  $ 582,240  
184,646  

—

24,756  
317,282  
3,825  
476,901  
46,051  
5,155  
49,452  

  $ 528,075  
183,514  

—

287,723  
13,311  
424,337  
44,054  
5,155  
48,598  

  $ 519,830  
185,916  
—
947  
289,096  
3,058  
422,765  
42,273  
5,155  
45,719  

  $ 493,728  
186,872  
—
260,755  
325  
395,561  
43,734  
5,155  
44,589  

  $ 500,273  
188,458  
—
262 
265,179  
2,501  
391,509  
57,901  
5,155  
41,852  

  $ 486,588  
191,546  
—
237,251  
373  
378,242  
58,317  
5,155  
39,480  

  $ 497,299  
171,924  
—
—  
248,248  
2,437  
387,495  
63,366  
5,155  
36,908  

  $ 498,250  
176,524  
—
238,087  
203  
383,858  
68,307  
5,155  
36,073  

  $

(2,415) 
162  
(2,253) 

  $
0.78%     
0.94%     
  $
5,668  
674  
145  
6,487  
  $
67.48%     

  $

(832) 
193  
(639) 
  $
0.25%     
1.01%     
  $
4,714  
1,542  
437  
6,693  
  $
64.87%     

  $

(616) 
175  
(441) 
  $
0.19%     
1.23%     
  $
3,858  
3,767  
848  
8,473  
  $
64.83%     

1.11%     

1.29%     

1.69%     

12.16  
12.01  

13.72  
12.94  

19.10  
18.11  

5.99%     
0.55  
(5.74) 
9.20  
9.63  
4.69  
3.58  

9.13%     
0.82  
22.66  
9.03  
10.47  
—  
3.72  

8.29%     
0.67  
15.96  
8.11  
9.59  
—  
3.59  

(620) 
160  
(460) 
0.19% 
0.80% 
2,034  
2,154  
687  
4,875  
119.81% 

0.98% 
12.39  
10.59  

(17.56)% 
(1.27) 
(39.61)  
7.24  
9.09  
—  
3.19  

(1)

Basic and diluted earnings per common share are based on weighted average shares outstanding. Cash dividends per common share are based on actual cash 
dividends declared. Book value per common share is based on shares outstanding at each period. 

For more information see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8, 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

20

 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The following schedules show average balances of interest-earning and non interest-earning assets and liabilities, and shareholders’ 
equity for the years indicated. Also shown are the related amounts of interest earned or paid and the related average yields or interest 
rates paid for the years indicated. The averages are based on daily balances. 

Average
Balance
Outstanding

2013
Interest
Earned
or Paid

Yield or
Rate

Interest-earning assets:
Interest-earning deposits and 

(Fully taxable equivalent basis in thousands of dollars)
2012
Interest
Earned or
Paid

Average
Balance
Outstanding

Yield or
Rate

Average
Balance
Outstanding

2011
Interest
Earned or
Paid

Yield or
Rate

other earning assets.............. $

10,010     $

30     

0.29%   $

10,369    $

31     

0.29%   $

12,738    $

51     

0.40% 

Available-for-sale securities 

(Note 1, 2, 3):

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. 
Government agencies and 
corporations .........................

States of the U.S. and political 

6,551      

130     

1.98%    

14,609     

346     

2.37%    

27,590     

808     

2.93% 

subdivisions - taxable ..........

4,690      

157     

3.35%    

663     

21     

3.17%    

—     

—     

—% 

States of the U.S. and political 

subdivisions - nontaxable ....

37,356      

1,878     

5.03%    

39,697     

2,118     

5.34%    

36,534     

2,118     

5.80% 

U.S. Government mortgage-
backed pass through 
certificates............................
Other securities ..........................  
Total available-for-sale 

securities .............................  

Trading securities (Note 1, 2)
Loans (Note 1, 2, 3, 4) ...............  
Total interest-earning assets ...  
Noninterest-earning assets:
Cash and due from banks...........  
Premises and equipment ............  
Other assets ................................  
Total assets................................ $
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing demand  

deposits ................................ $
Savings.......................................  
Time ...........................................  
Total interest-bearing   

110,186      
16,929

1,928     
414     

1.75%    
2.45%    

108,881     
19,664     

2,414     
532     

2.22%    
2.70%    

101,347     
21,401     

3,141     
424     

175,712      
5,339
318,414      
509,475     $

4,507     
230
16,032     
20,799     

2.56%    
4.31% 
5.03%    
4.08%    

183,514     
—
301,034     
494,917    $

5,431     
—
16,306     
21,768     

2.96%    
—% 
5.42%    
4.40%    

186,872     
—
261,080     
460,690    $

6,491     
—
15,314     
21,856     

3.10% 
1.98% 

3.47% 
—% 
5.87% 
4.74% 

7,476        
6,680        
16,879        
540,510        

7,862       
6,524       
18,772       
528,075       

  $

7,175       
6,612       
19,251       
493,728       

  $

91,386     $
117,808      
140,585      

177     
83     
1,842     

0.19%   $
0.07%    
1.31%    

83,129    $
107,147     
156,527     

151     
106     
2,441     

0.18%   $
0.10%    
1.56%    

73,809    $
94,160     
161,280     

176     
141     
2,976     

0.24% 
0.15% 
1.85% 

deposits................................  

349,779      

2,102     

0.60%    

346,803     

2,698     

0.78%    

329,249     

3,293     

1.00% 

Borrowings:
Securities sold under agreement 

to repurchase........................  
Subordinated debt ......................  
Other borrowings under one   

3,453      
5,155      

3     
90     

0.09%    
1.75%    

4,559     
5,155     

5     
100     

0.11%    
1.94%    

5,236     
5,155     

5     
92     

0.10% 
1.79% 

year ......................................  

10,706      

135     

0.66%    

6,575     

79     

1.20%    

6,458     

95     

1.47% 

Other borrowings one year and 

over ......................................  
Total borrowings......................  
Total interest-bearing 

29,968      
49,282      

1,074     
1,302     

4.88%    
2.64%    

32,920     
49,209     

1,189     
1,373     

3.61%    
2.79%    

32,040     
48,889     

1,247     
1,439     

3.89% 
2.94% 

liabilities..............................  

399,061     $

3,404     

0.85%    

396,012    $

4,071     

1.03%    

378,138    $

4,732     

1.25% 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
Demand deposits........................  
Other liabilities ..........................  
Shareholders’ equity ..................  
Total liabilities and 

shareholders’ equity .......... $
Net interest income ....................    
Net interest rate spread (Note 5)    
Net interest margin (Note 6) ......    

85,771        
6,229        
49,449        

77,534       
5,931       
48,598       

66,312       
4,689       
44,589       

540,510        
    $

17,395       

  $

528,075       
    $

17,697       

  $

493,728    

    $

17,124       

3.23%      
3.41%      

3.37%      
3.58%      

3.49% 
3.72% 

21

 
 
 
 
       
 
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
 
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
       
 
   
       
 
   
       
 
       
 
   
       
 
   
       
 
       
 
   
       
 
   
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
   
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
       
 
   
       
 
   
       
 
       
 
   
       
 
   
       
 
       
 
   
       
 
   
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
     
 
       
     
       
     
       
     
       
     
       
     
       
     
Note 1 – Includes both taxable and tax exempt securities and loans.
Note 2 –  The amounts are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the statutory rate of 34%, and have been adjusted to 

reflect the effect of disallowed interest expenses related to carrying tax-exempt assets. The tax equivalent income adjustment 
for loans,  investments available for sale and trading investments was $39,000, $622,000 and $78,000, respectively, for 
December 31, 2013; $46,000, $707,000 and $0, respectively, for December 31, 2012; and $50,000, $696,000 and $0, 
respectively, for December 31, 2011. 

Note 3 – Average balance outstanding includes the average amount outstanding of all non-accrual investment securities and loans. 

Investment securities consist of average total principal adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount and 
include both taxable and tax-exempt securities. Loans consist of average total loans, including loans held for sale, less 
average unearned income.

Note 4 –  Interest earned on loans includes net loan fees of $292,000 in 2013, $336,000 in 2012 and $295,000 in 2011. 
Note 5 – Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing 

liabilities. 

Note 6 – Net interest margin is calculated by dividing the net interest income by total interest-earning assets.

FINANCIAL REVIEW 

The following is management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. The 
discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and summary financial 
information included elsewhere in this annual report. 

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements. In addition to historical 
information, certain information included in this discussion and other materials filed or to be filed by the Company with the SEC 
(as well as information included in oral statements or other written statements made or to be made by the Company) may contain 
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The words “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “projects,” 
“contemplates,” “anticipates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” or similar terminology identify forward-looking statements. These statements 
reflect management’s beliefs and assumptions, and are based on information currently available to management. 

Economic circumstances, the Company’s operations and actual results could differ significantly from those discussed in any forward-
looking statements. Some of the factors that could cause or contribute to such differences are changes in the economy and interest 
rates either nationally or in the Company’s market area, including the impact of the impairment of securities; political actions, 
including failure of the United States Congress to raise the federal debt ceiling or the imposition of changes in the federal budget; 
changes in customer preferences and consumer behavior; increased competitive pressures or changes in either the nature or 
composition of competitors; changes in the legal and regulatory environment; changes in factors influencing liquidity, such as 
expectations regarding the rate of inflation or deflation, currency exchange rates, and other factors influencing market volatility; 
changes in assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for possible loan losses, reserves for repurchase of mortgage loans 
sold and other estimates; changes in operations of CSB Mortgage Company as a result of the activity in the residential real estate 
market; and risks associated with other global economic, political and financial factors. 

While actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements, the Company undertakes no 
obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statement for any reason, even if new information becomes available. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES 

The discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operation are based upon the Consolidated Financial 
Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). The preparation 
of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of 
assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. 

Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by management which has a material impact on the 
carrying value of certain assets and liabilities; management considers such accounting policies to be critical accounting policies. The 
judgments and assumptions used by management are based on historical experience and other factors, which are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances. 

Management believes the following are critical accounting policies that require the most significant judgments and estimates used in 
the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

22

Accounting for the Allowance for Loan Losses 

The determination of the allowance for loan losses and the resulting amount of the provision for loan losses charged to operations 
reflects management’s current judgment about the credit quality of the loan portfolio and takes into consideration changes in lending 
policies and procedures, changes in economic and business conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio and, in the 
terms of loans, changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management, changes in the volume and severity of past due, 
non-accrual and adversely classified or graded loans, changes in the quality of the loan review system, changes in the value of 
underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and the effect of 
competition, legal and regulatory requirements and other external factors. The nature of the process by which we determine the 
appropriate allowance for loan losses requires the exercise of considerable judgment. While management utilizes its best judgment and 
information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond our control, including the 
performance of the loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan 
classifications. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by charge-offs when management believes 
the uncollectibility of a loan is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. A weakening of the economy 
or other factors that adversely affect asset quality could result in an increase in the number of delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults 
and a higher level of non-performing assets, net charge offs, and provision for loan losses in future periods. 

The Company’s allowance for loan losses methodology consists of three elements: (i) specific valuation allowances based on probable 
losses on specific loans; (ii) valuation allowances based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar characteristics 
and trends; and (iii) general valuation allowances based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal 
and external to the Company. These elements support the basis for determining allocations between the various loan categories and the 
overall adequacy of our allowance to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. 

With these methodologies, a general allowance is established for each loan type based on historical losses for each loan type in the 
portfolio. Additionally, management allocates a specific allowance for “Impaired Credits,” which is based on current information and 
events, if it is probable the Company will not collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. 
The level of the general allowance is established to provide coverage for management’s estimate of the credit risk in the loan portfolio 
by various loan segments not covered by the specific allowance. Additional information regarding allowance for credit losses can be 
found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

Investment Securities and Impairment 

The classification and accounting for investment securities is discussed in detail in Item 8, Notes 1 and 2 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements. Investment securities must be classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading. The appropriate classification is 
based partially on the Company’s ability to hold the securities to maturity and largely on management’s intentions, if any, with respect 
to either holding or selling the securities. The classification of investment securities is significant since it directly impacts the 
accounting for unrealized gains and losses on securities. Unrealized gains and losses on trading securities, if any, flow directly through 
earnings during the periods in which they arise, whereas available-for-sale securities are recorded as a separate component of 
shareholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive income or loss) and do not affect earnings until realized. The fair values of the 
Company’s investment securities are generally determined by reference to quoted market prices and reliable independent sources. At 
each reporting date, the Company assesses whether there is an “other-than-temporary” impairment to the Company’s investment 
securities. Such impairment must be recognized in current earnings rather than in other comprehensive income (loss). 

For debt securities, ASC topic 320 requires an entity to assess whether it has the intent to sell the debt security or it is more-likely-
than-not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, an OTTI on 
the security must be recognized. 

In instances in which a determination is made that a credit loss (defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows 
expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis) exists but the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more-
likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost 
basis (i.e., the amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), ASC topic 320 changes the presentation and amount of the 
OTTI recognized in the income statement. 

In these instances, the impairment is separated into the amount of the total impairment related to the credit loss and the amount of the 
total impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings. The 
amount of the total impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). The total OTTI is 
presented in the income statement with an offset for the amount of the total OTTI that is recognized in other comprehensive income 
(loss). In determining the amount of impairment related to credit loss, the Company uses a third party discounted cash flow model, 
several inputs for which require estimation and judgment. Among these inputs are projected deferral and default rates and estimated 
recovery rates. Realization of events different than that projected could result in a large variance in the values of the securities. 

23

Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

Income Taxes 

The provision for income taxes is based on income reported for financial statement purposes and differs from the amount of taxes 
currently payable, since certain income and expense items are reported for financial statement purposes in different periods than those 
for tax reporting purposes. Taxes are discussed in more detail in Item 8, Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Accrued 
taxes represent the net estimated amount due or to be received from taxing authorities. In estimating accrued taxes, the Company 
assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions taking into account statutory, judicial and 
regulatory guidance in the context of our tax position. 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach, the objective of which is to establish deferred tax 
assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and tax basis of our assets and liabilities at 
enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized or settled. We conduct periodic assessments of deferred tax 
assets to determine if it is more-likely-than-not that they will be realized. In making these assessments, we consider taxable income in 
prior periods, projected future taxable income, potential tax planning strategies and projected future reversals of deferred tax items. 
These assessments involve a certain degree of subjectivity which may change significantly depending on the related circumstances. 

CORPORATE PROFILE 

The Company is a bank holding company headquartered in Cortland, Ohio whose principle activity is to manage, supervise and 
otherwise serve as a source of strength to the Bank. 

Cortland Banks, with total assets of approximately $556.9 million at December 31, 2013, is a state chartered bank engaged in 
commercial and retail banking services. The Bank offers a full range of financial services to its local communities with an ongoing 
strategic focus on commercial banking relationships.

The Bank’s results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which, in part, is a direct result of the market interest rate 
environment. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income earned on interest-earning assets and the interest paid 
on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is affected by the shape of the market yield curve, the repricing of interest-earning 
assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the prepayment rate of mortgage-related assets. Results of operations may be affected 
significantly by general and local economic conditions, particularly those with respect to changes in market interest rates, credit 
quality, governmental policies and actions of regulatory authority. 

2013 OVERVIEW 

Net income in 2013 was impacted by charges for the investment portfolio due to regulatory changes mandated by the Volcker Rule. 
Other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) losses in the amount of $2.0 million were recognized on $10.5 million of trust preferred 
securities, a form of collateralized debt obligation. The trust preferred securities were among those considered disallowed under the 
revised final Volcker Rule, which originated from the Dodd-Frank Act. OTTI losses were $171,000 in 2012. In 2013, Cortland earned 
$1.8 million, or $0.39 per share, compared to $2.9 million, or $0.64 per share in 2012.  Excluding the charges for the investment 
portfolio, which were $2.0 million pre-tax and $1.3 million after tax, Cortland would have earned $3.1 million, or $0.68 per share, in 
2013.

Amid more rigorous regulatory standards and an uncertain economy, the Company continues to follow its core strategic direction. 
Operating results reflect its commitment to growing loans and deposits in the markets in which it operates and in producing consistent 
positive earnings. 

The Company’s financial results for 2013 were affected by these notable specific factors: 

 Core earnings for the year, which exclude non-recurring items such as impairment loss and certain gain on securities sales, 
were $3.5 million compared to $2.8 million for 2012, an increase of 25.0%, mainly attributed to a decrease in provision 
for loan losses in 2013 compared to 2012.



In 2013, earnings per share were $0.39 and would have been $0.68 excluding OTTI charges. 

 Net interest margin for the full year 2013 was 3.41%, or 17 basis points lower than the 3.58% in 2012. The Company 
continues to optimally manage its balance sheet in this historically low interest rate environment in preparation for an 
eventual increase in interest rates.  

24











Loans increased 9.2% to $346.8 million from $317.3 million a year ago.

The Company and the Bank remained well capitalized, with total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets of 14.19% and 
13.68%, respectively. 

Credit quality continues to improve, reflecting the gradual improvement in the regional economy.   Nonaccrual loans 
declined to $1.9 million at December 31, 2013, or 0.56% of loans, versus $3.0 million, or 0.94% of loans, at December 31, 
2012.  The allowance for loan losses now covers 193% of nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2013, compared to 129% at 
December 31, 2012.  Net loan charge-offs were $711,000 in the current year, or 0.23% of total average loans, versus a net 
charge-off rate of 0.78% for the full year 2012.  The allowance for loan losses to total loans ratio was 1.09% at December 
31, 2013 versus 1.21% a year ago.

In 2013, the provision for loan losses was $650,000, with charge-offs of $711,000, while 2012 was $3.0 million with 
charge-offs of $2.3 million. A $1.9 million charge-off on one commercial loan caused the increased provision in 2012. 
Loans considered as potential problem loans decreased from $2.7 million at December 31, 2012 to $551,000 at 
December 31, 2013. 

Reflecting the continued confidence supported by stable revenues from core operations, increasing loan production, and 
improving capital levels, Cortland paid a cash dividend of $0.12 per share.

The Company’s total shareholders’ equity remained steady at $49.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2013. The Company continues 
to maintain capital sufficient to be deemed well capitalized under all regulatory measures. In the current regulatory environment, 
regulatory oversight bodies expect banks to maintain ratios above the statutory levels as a margin of safety. The calculated ratios are 
as follows for the year ended December 31, 2013: a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 10.35% (compared to a “well-capitalized” threshold of 
5.0%); a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 13.26% (compared to a “well-capitalized” threshold of 6.00%); and a total risk-based capital 
ratio of 14.19% (compared to a “well-capitalized” threshold of 10.00%). The Company’s total risk-based capital is $17.4 million in 
excess of the 10% well-capitalized threshold. 

In the midst of earnings pressures brought on by the economic downturn, interest rate compression and investment impairment issues, 
the Company devoted substantial attention in 2012 and 2013 to profit improvement measures, balance sheet restructuring and a 
reorganization of its management and branch structure. The Company’s management team continues to focus on measures designed to 
enhance capital and to provide for adequate liquidity for lending and business development purposes. New strategies are being 
pursued to improve market penetration and product expansion, with the objective of increasing both the interest income and non-
interest income revenue base. 

Total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2013 was $49.5 million, representing a ratio of equity capital to total assets of 8.89%. In 
comparison, total shareholders’ equity was also $49.5 million at December 31, 2012, representing a ratio of equity capital to total 
assets of 8.49%. A component of shareholders’ equity is accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, which includes the net 
after-tax impact of unrealized gains or losses on investment securities classified as available-for-sale. Net unrealized losses on 
available-for-sale investment securities were $2.9 million at December 31, 2013, compared with net unrealized losses of $1.7 
million at December 31, 2012. Such unrealized losses represent the difference, net of applicable income tax effect, between the 
estimated fair value and amortized cost of investment securities classified as available-for-sale. The decrease in net unrealized losses 
resulted primarily from the recognition of OTTI in 2013 on trust preferred securities available for sale. 

Return on average equity was 3.6% in 2013, compared to 6.0% in 2012, while return on average assets measured 0.3% in 2013 and 
0.6% in 2012. Book value per share increased by $0.01 to $10.94 at December 31, 2013 from $10.93 at December 31, 2012. The price 
of the Company’s common shares traded in a range between a low of $9.10 and a high of $11.00, closing the year at $10.25 per share. 

CERTAIN NON-GAAP MEASURES 

Certain financial information has been determined by methods other than GAAP. Specifically, certain financial measures are based on 
core earnings rather than net income. Core earnings exclude income, expense, gains and losses that either are not reflective of ongoing 
operations or that are not expected to reoccur with any regularity or reoccur with a high degree of uncertainty and volatility. Such 
information may be useful to both investors and management and can aid them in understanding the Company’s current performance 
trends and financial condition. Core earnings are a supplemental tool for analysis and not a substitute for GAAP net income. 
Reconciliation from GAAP net income to the non-GAAP measure of core earnings is referenced as part of management’s discussion 
and analysis of quarterly and year-to-date financial results of operations. 

Core earnings, which exclude the OTTI charge and certain other non-recurring items, were $3.5 million in 2013 compared to $2.8 
million in 2012 and $4.0 million in 2011. Core earnings per share were $0.77 in 2013, $0.62 in 2012 and $0.88 in 2011. 

25

The following is a reconciliation between core earnings and earnings under GAAP: 

GAAP earnings .............................................................................
Impairment losses on investment securities (net of tax) ..............
Investment gains not in the ordinary course of business   

$

(net of tax)* ..............................................................................
Expenses relating to reorganization – (net of tax)** ....................
Expenses relating to curtailment of mortgage banking 

activities (net of tax) ................................................................
Net impact of historic tax credit investment .................................
Core earnings ................................................................................
Core earnings per share.................................................................

$
$

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Years Ended December 31,
2012

2013

2011

   $

1,784  
1,290  

  $

2,913  
113  

—  
254  

165  
—  
3,493  
0.77  

   $
   $

(20) 
—  

— 
(190) 
2,816  
0.62  

  $
  $

4,072  
133  

(227) 
—  

—  
—  
3,978  
0.88  

The gains in 2012 and 2011 are due to the settlement on General Motors Corporation bonds. 

* 
**      Retail branch staff realignment and middle management restructure.

Although the provision for loan losses is considered part of core earnings, it is worthy of note that $1.9 million of the $3.0 million 
provision in 2012 relates to a single credit which required a charge off. 

RECENT MARKET AND INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENTS 

The economic turmoil that began in the middle of 2007 and continued through 2009 has now settled into a slow economic recovery. 
At this time, the recovery has somewhat uncertain prospects. The risks associated with the Company’s business become more acute in 
periods of a slowing economy or slow growth. Financial institutions continue to be affected by declines in the real estate market and 
constrained financial markets. While the Company is taking steps to decrease and limit exposure to problem loans, it nonetheless 
retains direct exposure to the residential and commercial real estate markets, and is affected by these events. This has been 
accompanied by dramatic changes in the competitive landscape of the financial services industry and a wholesale reformation of the 
legislative and regulatory landscape with the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act. 

The Dodd-Frank Act is extensive, complex and comprehensive legislation that impacts many aspects of banking organizations. 
Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to have a near-term impact on the Company. In July 2011, the Dodd-Frank Act 
eliminated the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking 
accounts. The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average 
consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased the 
maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor and non-interest 
bearing transaction accounts had unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012. 

The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer 
protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection 
laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and 
practices. 

Until such time as the regulatory agencies issue all of the final regulations implementing the numerous provisions of the Dodd-Frank 
Act, a process that is far from complete and may continue for several more years, management will not be able to fully assess the 
impact the legislation will have on its business. 

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
BALANCE SHEET COMPOSITION 

The following table illustrates, during the years presented, the mix of the Company’s funding sources and the assets in which those 
funds are invested as a percentage of the Company’s average total assets at December 31 for the period indicated. Average assets 
totaled $540.5 million in 2013 compared to $528.1 million in 2012 and $493.7 million in 2011. 

Sources of Funds:

Deposits:

Non-interest bearing..........................
Interest bearing..................................
Long-term debt and other borrowings ........
Subordinated debt .......................................
Other non-interest bearing liabilities ..........
Shareholders’ equity ...................................
Total ............................................

Uses of Funds:

Loans, including loans held for sale ...........
Securities.....................................................
Interest-earning deposits and other assets...
Bank-owned life insurance .........................
Other non-interest earning assets................
Total ............................................

2013

December 31,
2012

2011

15.9%  
64.7  
8.2  
1.0  
1.0  
9.2  
100.0%  

58.9%  
33.5  
1.9  
2.7  
3.0  
100.0%  

14.7%  
65.7  
8.3  
1.0  
1.1  
9.2  
100.0%  

57.0%  
34.8  
2.0  
2.5  
3.7  
100.0%  

13.4% 
66.7  
8.9  
1.0  
1.0  
9.0  
100.0% 

52.9% 
37.8  
2.6  
2.6  
4.1  
100.0% 

Deposits continue to be the Company’s primary source of funding. During 2013, the relative mix of deposits has remained steady with 
interest-bearing being the main source. Average non-interest bearing deposits totaled 19.7% of total average deposits in 2013, 
compared to 18.3% in 2012 and 16.8% in 2011. Additional information regarding deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

The Company primarily invests funds in loans and securities. Prior to 2008, securities were the largest component of the Company’s 
mix of invested assets. Since then, loans have become the largest component. Average securities decreased $2.5 million, or 1.3%, to 
$181.1 million during 2013 from $183.5 million in 2012, while average loans increased by $17.4 million, or 5.8%, to $318.4 million 
during 2013 from $301.0 million in 2012. 

ASSET QUALITY 

The Company’s management regularly monitors and evaluates trends in asset quality. Loan review practices and procedures require 
detailed monthly analysis of delinquencies, nonperforming assets and other sensitive credits. Mortgage, commercial and consumer 
loans are moved to non-accrual status once they reach 90 days past due or when analysis of a borrower’s creditworthiness indicates 
the collection of interest and principal is in doubt. Non-performing loans include loans in non-accrual status, restructured loans and 
real estate acquired in satisfaction of debts previously contracted. 

Additionally, as part of the Company’s loan review process, management routinely evaluates risks which could potentially affect the 
ability to collect loan balances in their entirety. Reviews of individual credits, aggregate account relationships or any concentration of 
credits in particular industries are subject to a detailed loan review. 

Gross income that would have been recorded in 2013 on these nonperforming loans, had they been in compliance with their original 
terms, was $466,000. Interest income that actually was included in income on these loans amounted to $350,000. In addition to 
nonperforming loans, nonperforming assets include nonperforming investment securities. Gross income that would have been 
recorded in 2013 on nonperforming investments, had they been in compliance with their original terms, was $37,000. Interest income 
that actually was included in income on these investments amounted to $9,300. There are no accruing loans which are contractually 
past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments. 

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table depicts the trend in these potentially problematic asset categories: 

2013

2012

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,
2011

2010

2009

Non-accrual loans:

Commercial .............................................................................. $
Commercial real estate .............................................................  
Residential real estate ...............................................................  
Consumer - home equity...........................................................  
Consumer - other ......................................................................  
Total non-accrual loans ...................................................  
Investment securities ..........................................................................  
Other real estate owned ......................................................................  
Troubled debt restructured loans........................................................  
Nonperforming assets ..................................................... $
Loans past due 30 days or on nonaccrual........................................... $

98    $

1,279

481     
72     
16
1,946     
1,203     
33     
4,174     
7,356    $
$
2,176

49    $

2,336

489     
72     
27
2,973     
674     
145     
2,695     
6,487    $
$
3,248

70    $

1,470

842     
111     

1,073
3,566     
1,542     
437     
1,148     
6,693    $
$
4,051

132    $
307
1,040     
47     

1,085
2,611     
3,767     
848     
1,247     
8,473    $
$
3,649

116  
350  
718  
—   
46  
1,230  
2,154  
687  
804  
4,875  
1,976

As of December 31, 2013, there were $551,000 in loans not included in this table where known information about borrowers’ possible 
credit problems caused management to have some doubts as to the ability of these borrowers to comply with present loan payment 
terms and which may result in disclosure of such loans in this table. 

The following table provides a number of asset quality ratios based on this data. Problem loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis 
ranged from a high of $3.6 million in 2011 to a low of $1.2 million in 2010. The total for non-accrual loans in 2013 of $1.9 million is 
slightly lower than the average of the five years, which is $2.5 million. The total of all loans past due more than 30 days or on non-
accrual ranged from a low of $2.0 million in 2009 to a high of $4.1 million in 2011. Loans charged-off, net of recoveries, was 
$711,000 for 2013, compared to $2.3 million for 2012, $639,000 for 2011, $441,000 for 2010 and $460,000 for 2009. The resulting 
ratios do not indicate any trends of concern from management’s perspective. 

Troubled-debt restructured loans are loans that have been modified when economic concessions have been granted to borrowers who 
have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties. In 2013, $2.8 million in new troubled debt restructurings were 
added.

As the nation struggled through high unemployment levels from 2008 through 2012, accompanied by high levels of bankruptcy filings 
and home foreclosures, the Company continued to experience only modest levels of delinquencies and resulting credit concerns. In 
2013, the provision for loan losses was $650,000, as general economic conditions improved and the Company’s credit quality 
remained strong. In 2012 and 2011, the provision for loan losses was $3.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively. While the 2011 
provision was in response to the substantial loan growth with a commercially-oriented focus, 2012 related to one isolated commercial 
customer whose financial condition eroded over a short period of time, requiring a charge-off of $1.9 million. Additional information 
regarding loans can be found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis. 

At December 31, 2013, there was $1.2 million of the Company’s holdings in trust preferred securities considered to be in non-accrual 
status. Through December 31, 2013, the Company’s management was notified that the quarterly interest payments for 2 of its 12 
investments in trust preferred securities had been placed in “payment in kind” status. Payment in kind status results in a temporary 
delay in the payment of interest. As a result of a delay in the collection of the interest payments, management placed these securities in 
non-accrual status. Current estimates indicate that the interest payment delays may exceed ten years. All the other trust preferred 
securities remain in accrual status. In September of 2012, the Company sold 14 of its 29 positions in trust preferred securities, 11 of 
which were in non-accrual status. 

2013
Non-accrual loans as a percentage of total loans...........................................
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets....................................
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of equity capital plus 

0.56%   
1.32%   

December 31,

2012

2011

2010

2009

0.94%   
1.11%   

1.23%   
1.29%   

0.98%   
1.69%   

0.50% 
0.98% 

allowance for loan losses ..........................................................................

13.78%   

12.16%   

13.70%   

19.07%   

12.37% 

28

 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
   
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Analysis of Net Interest Income - Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 

Net interest income, the principal source of the Company’s earnings, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-
earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, exceed the interest cost of deposits and borrowed funds. On a fully taxable 
equivalent basis, net interest income measured $17.4 million for 2013 and $17.7 million for 2012. The resulting net interest margin 
was 3.41% for 2013 and 3.58% for 2012.  

The decrease in interest income, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, of $969,000 is the product of a 32 basis point decrease in interest 
rates earned offset somewhat by a 2.9% year-over-year increase in average earning assets. The decrease in interest expense of 
$667,000 was a product of an 18 basis point decrease in rates paid and a 0.8% increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. The net 
result was a 1.7% decrease in net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis, and a 17 basis point decrease in the Company’s 
net interest margin on a slightly larger asset base with a different mix. 

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on investment securities available-for-sale decreased by $924,000, or 17.0%. The average 
invested balances in these securities decreased by $7.8 million, or 4.3%, from the levels of a year ago. The decrease in the average 
balance of investment securities was accompanied by a 40 basis point decrease in the tax equivalent yield of the portfolio. The 
Company will continue attempting to redeploy liquidity into loans. Any reinvestment into the securities portfolio will serve to 
decrease the yield due to the current low rate environment. The Company began operating a trading account in the second quarter of 
2013. The average balance of trading securities was $5.3 million with resulting income on a fully taxable equivalent basis of $230,000 
during the year 2013. Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on loans decreased by $274,000, or 1.7%, for 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. 
A $17.4 million increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio, or 5.8%, was accompanied by a 39 basis point decrease in the 
portfolio’s tax equivalent yield. Likewise, new loan volume is at historic low interest rates, while strong competition for good credits 
also drives rates downward. The commercial loan portfolio housed the majority of the increase in balances. Additional information 
regarding loans can be found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis.

Other interest income decreased by $1,000, or 3.2%, from the same period a year ago. The average balance of interest-earning 
deposits decreased by $359,000, or 3.5%. The yield did not change from 2012 to 2013. Management intends to remain fully invested, 
minimizing on-balance sheet liquidity. 

As the Company is located in the heart of the Utica Shale geography, material deposit growth was experienced in the latter part of 
2012 as a result of customers receiving signing bonuses for the lease of mineral rights. Nearly $40 million in new deposits has been 
attributed to these bonuses. In the first half of 2013, nearly half of these funds were withdrawn by customers affecting primarily the 
time deposit category. Average interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts increased by $8.3 million, or 9.9%, for 
the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same period of 2012, while average savings balances increased by $10.7 million, 
or 9.9%. Total interest paid on interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts was $177,000, a $26,000 increase from 
last year. The average rate paid on these products increased by 1 basis point, primarily the result of larger deposits in the higher 
yielding tiers of the money market accounts. Total interest paid on savings accounts was $83,000, a $23,000 decrease from 2012. The 
average rate paid on savings accounts decreased by 3 basis points. The average balance of time deposit products decreased by $15.9 
million, or 10.2%, as the average rate paid decreased by 25 basis points, from 1.56% to 1.31%. Interest expense decreased on time 
deposits by $599,000 from the prior year. Customers are opting for more liquid accounts versus time deposits in this low rate 
environment. As time deposits mature, the balances are reinvested at the lower current rates. After an extended period of declining 
average rates paid on deposits, the Company is experiencing a flattening on a linked quarter basis. Additional information regarding 
deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis.

Average borrowings and subordinated debt increased by $73,000 while the average rate paid on borrowings decreased by 15 basis 
points. Management has paid down long-term borrowings at their respective maturity dates using current liquidity and continues to 
utilize short-term borrowings to bridge liquidity gaps. Additional information regarding FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings and 
Subordinated Debt can be found in Item 8, Notes 6 and 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

29

Analysis of Net Interest Income — Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, net interest income measured $17.7 million for 2012 and $17.1 million for 2011, generating a net 
interest margin of 3.58% for 2012 and 3.72% for 2011. 

The decrease in interest income, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, of $88,000 was the product of a 34 basis point decrease in interest 
rates earned offset somewhat by a 7.4% year-over-year increase in average earning assets. The decrease in interest expense of 
$661,000 was a product of a 22 basis point decrease in rates paid and a 4.7% increase in interest-bearing liabilities. The net result was 
a 3.3% increase in net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis, and a 14 basis point decrease in the Company’s net interest 
margin on a slightly larger asset base with a different mix. 

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on investment securities decreased by $1.1 million, or 16.3%. The average invested 
balances in securities decreased by $3.4 million, or 1.8%, from 2011. The decrease in the average balance of investment securities was 
accompanied by a 51 basis point decrease in the tax equivalent yield of the portfolio. The Company continued attempting to redeploy 
liquidity into loans. Any reinvestment into the securities portfolio served to decrease the yield due to the current low rate environment. 
Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on loans increased by $992,000, or 6.5%, for 2012 compared to 2011. A $40.0 million 
increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio, or 15.3%, was accompanied by a 45 basis point decrease in the portfolio’s tax 
equivalent yield. Likewise, new loan volume was at historic low interest rates, while strong competition for good credits also drives 
rates downward. The commercial loan portfolio housed the majority of the increase in balances. Additional information regarding 
loans can be found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis. 

Other interest income decreased by $20,000, or 39.2%, during 2012 compared to 2011. The average balance of interest-earning 
deposits decreased by $2.4 million, or 18.6%. The yield for 2012 decreased by 11 basis points during 2012 compared to 2011. 

As the Company is located in the heart of the Utica Shale geography, material deposit growth was experienced as a result of customers 
receiving signing bonuses for the lease of mineral rights. Nearly $40 million in new deposits had been attributed to these bonuses. 
Average interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts increased by $9.3 million, or 12.6%, for 2012 compared to the 
same period of 2011, while average savings balances increased by $13.0 million, or 13.8%. Total interest paid on interest-bearing 
demand deposits and money market account was $151,000 at 2012, a $25,000 decrease from 2011. The average rate paid on these 
products decreased by 6 basis points. Total interest paid on savings accounts was $106,000 in 2012, a $35,000 decrease from the prior 
year. The average rate paid on savings accounts decreased by 5 basis points. The average balance of time deposit products decreased 
by $4.8 million, or 2.9%, as the average rate paid decreased by 29 basis points, from 1.85% to 1.56%. Interest expense decreased on 
time deposits by $535,000 in 2012 from 2011. Balances were reinvested at lower current rates as time deposits matured. After an 
extended period of declining average rates paid on deposits, the Company experienced a flattening on a linked quarter basis. The 
Company expected at least 50% of the shale-related deposits to leave the Bank in 2013 due to the payment of income taxes and 
reinvestment into other markets. Additional information regarding deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

Average borrowings and subordinated debt increased by $320,000 while the average rate paid on borrowings decreased by 15 basis 
points. Additional information regarding FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings and Subordinated Debt can be found in Item 8, 
Notes 6 and 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

30

The following table provides a detailed analysis of changes in net interest income on a tax equivalent basis, identifying that portion of the 
change that is due to a change in the volume of average assets and liabilities outstanding versus that portion which is due to a change in 
the average yields on earning assets and average rates on interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in interest due to both rate and volume 
which cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate and volume changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar 
amounts of the change in each. 

(Decrease) increase in interest income:
Interest-earning deposits and other money markets ...... $
Available-for-sale securities:

U.S. Government agencies and corporations .......  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions...  
Mortgage-backed and related securities...............  
Other securities ....................................................  
Trading securities ..........................................................
Loans .............................................................................  
Total interest income change......................  

Increase (decrease) in interest expense:

Interest-bearing demand deposits ........................  
Savings deposits...................................................  
Time deposits .......................................................  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ..  
Other borrowings under one year ........................  
Other borrowings one year and over....................  
Subordinated debt ................................................  
Total interest expense change ....................  
Increase (decrease) in net interest income on a taxable 

2013 Compared to 2012
Rate

Volume

Total

   Volume

2012 Compared to 2011
Rate

Total

(Amounts in thousands)

(1)    $

—     $

(1)    $

(8)   $

(12)   $

(20) 

(167)     
87      
29      
(70)     
230
911      
1,019      

16      
10      
(233)     
(1)     
52      
(106)     
—      
(262)     

(49)     
(191)     
(515)     
(48)     
—
(1,185)     
(1,988)     

10      
(33)     
(366)     
(1)     
4      
(9)     
(10)     
(405)     

(216)     
(104)     
(486)     
(118)     
230
(274)     
(969)     

26      
(23)     
(599)     
(2)     
56      
(115)     
(10)     
(667)     

(328)    
211     
220     
(36)    
—
2,224     
2,283     

(134)    
(190)    
(947)    
144     
—
(1,232)    
(2,371)    

20     
18     
(86)    
(1)    
2     
33     
—     
(14)    

(45)    
(53)    
(449)    
1     
(18)    
(91)    
8     
(647)    

(462) 
21  
(727) 
108  
—
992  
(88) 

(25) 
(35) 
(535) 
—  
(16) 
(58) 
8  
(661) 

equivalent basis......................................................... $

1,281     $

(1,583)    $

(302)    $

2,297    $

(1,724)   $

573  

PROVISION, NON-INTEREST INCOME, NON-INTEREST EXPENSE AND FEDERAL INCOME TAX 

During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the amount charged to operations as a provision for loan loss was adjusted to account for charge-offs 
against the allowance, as well as an increase in loan balances recorded in the portfolio, expected losses on specific problem loans and 
several qualitative factors, including factors specific to the local economy and to industries operating in the local market. The Company 
has allocated a portion of the allowance for a number of specific problem loans through 2013, but has not experienced significant 
deterioration in any loan type, including the residential real estate portfolios or the commercial loan portfolio, and accordingly has not 
added any special provision for these loan types. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the provision for loan losses was $650,000, 
which was fairly close to net charge-offs of $711,000, which included charge-offs of $710,000 to which a specific reserve of $530,000 
was allocated prior to the charge-offs. For the same period last year, the provision was $3.0 million. The large provision in 2012 was due 
to a charge-off related to a single borrower to which no related allowance had been previously allocated.  In the year ended 2011, the 
provision was $1.2 million, far exceeding net charge-offs of $639,000. Provision expense levels are in recognition of loan growth and a 
changing composition of the loan portfolio as the Company takes aim at managing its balance sheet with a commercially-oriented focus. 

The following table provides a detailed analysis of non-interest income: 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,
2012

2011

2013

Fees for customer services .................................................. $
Mortgage banking gains ......................................................
Other real estate losses - net................................................
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance ..............................
Other non-interest income ...................................................
Other income, excluding investment gains .........................
Investment securities gains - net .........................................
Impairment losses on investment securities ........................

Total non-interest income .......................................... $

1,935
1,491
(25)
477
439
4,317
535
(1,954)
2,898

$

$

2,041
1,772
(35)
510
188
4,476
14
(171)
4,319

$

$

2,229
162
(113)
496
104
2,878
882
(202)
3,558

31

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
   
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
       
       
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
       
       
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
 
Total non-interest income, excluding investment gains and impairment losses, decreased by $159,000, or 3.6%, for 2013 compared to 
an increase of $1.6 million, or 55.5%, for 2012. After gains on investment securities and impairment losses, non-interest income 
decreased by $1.4 million, or 32.9%, in 2013 compared to an increase of $761,000, or 21.4%, in 2012. 

Fees for customer services decreased by $106,000, or 5.2% in 2013, compared to a decrease of $188,000, or 8.4%, in the prior year 
driven by customer activities. 

The wholesale mortgage unit, CSB Mortgage Company, which was formed in 2011 specifically as a result of strategic initiatives 
aimed at improving overall profitability, saw mortgage banking gains reach $1.5 million in 2013 versus $1.8 million in 2012 and 
$162,000 in 2011. As indicated in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company’s mortgage banking unit entered 
into various interest rate derivative contracts with the purpose of neutralizing the effect of interest rates on mortgage loan 
commitments. The gains and losses of all these activities are included in mortgage banking gains. Although mortgage banking gains 
for 2013 are equivalent to year-ago levels, the application volume driving the revenues declined substantially in 2013. The persistent 
rise in mortgage rates that began in May 2013 have caused the Company’s application volume to decline. With the dramatic volume 
decrease and the prospects for any turnaround considered improbable in the near term, the Company curtailed portions of its mortgage 
banking activities. Originations from the wholesale channel and all out-of-market retail origination was closed down as of September 
13, 2013. In addition to the origination channels, operational staff were also severed in order to right-size the business line with 
expected volume. These decisions in the aggregate are expected to contribute positively to net income prospectively, conducted 
primarily through the Bank subsidiary. 

Gains on securities called and net gains on the sale of available-for-sale investment securities increased by $521,000 in 2013 from 
year ago levels. Consistent with the balance sheet strategy, the Company periodically reviews its investment portfolio to clean up odd-
lot securities and to reduce interest rate risk.  Recent government programs, such as the Home Affordable Refinance Program 
(HARP), promote prepayment activities in mortgage backed securities, thus cutting short the intended investment performance.  
Proactively removing the securities with higher prepayment risk allows the Company to reinvest into securities that produce consistent 
cash flows. The Company sold 19 of the 22 bank collateralized CDO’s in 2012 realizing a nominal net loss of $164,000. All of these 
securities exhibited evidence of significant deterioration in issuers’ creditworthiness. In 2011, gains of $344,000 were due to equity 
securities received relating to the bankruptcy settlement on General Motors Corporation bonds. Gains in 2013, 2012 and 2011 were 
offset by impairment losses of $2.0 million, $171,000 and $202,000, respectively, on investment securities which had been previously 
recognized as impaired and/or which required the Company to maintain a higher level of risk weighted assets for regulatory capital 
ratio purposes. As stated earlier, the $2.0 million in OTTI losses were recognized on $10.5 million of trust preferred securities, a form 
of collateralized debt obligations. The trust preferred securities were among those considered disallowed under the revised final 
Volcker Rule, which originated from the Dodd-Frank Act. The inability to hold these securities precipitated the loss recognition at 
December 31, 2013. Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

The following table provides a summary of non-interest expenses: 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,
2012

2013

Salaries and benefits ........................................................... $
Net occupancy and equipment expense..............................
State and local taxes ...........................................................
FDIC insurance expense.....................................................
Professional fees .................................................................
Loss on partnership.............................................................
Other non-interest expense .................................................

Total non-interest expenses....................................... $

9,844
1,896
555
391
806
—
3,540
17,032

$

$

8,706
1,794
497
297
801
444
2,949
15,488

$

$

2011

7,366
1,734
465
673
761
— 
2,476
13,475

Total non-interest expenses increased by $1.5 million, or 10.0%, in 2013. This compares to an increase of $2.0 million, or 14.9%, in 
2012. 

32

 
 
 
 
    
    
 
During 2013, expenditures for salaries and employee benefits increased by $1.1 million, or 13.1% and in 2012 increased by $1.3 
million, or 18.2%. Much of this increase is due to the additional personnel hired to operate the mortgage banking operation up to its 
curtailment in September 2013 and to manage the increasing lending volume generated through core bank lending operations. Also, 
approximately $242,000 in branch restructuring costs were incurred in 2013. Full-time equivalent employment averaged 164 in 2013 
compared to 162 in 2012 and 151 in 2011. The addition of employees throughout the third and fourth quarters of 2011 and in 2012 
and 2013 were related to the mortgage banking operation. Management does not expect that the rate of increase in compensation and 
employee benefits experienced during 2013 will continue in 2014. 

Salaries and employee benefits represent 57.8% of all non-interest expenses in 2013, 56.2% in 2012 and 54.7% in 2011. The 
following table details components of these increases and decreases. 

2013

December 31,
2012

2011

2013

December 31,
2012
Percentages

2011

Salaries............................................................ $
Benefits...........................................................

Deferred loan origination fees ........................

Total....................................................... $

$

Amounts (in thousands)
1,066 $
286
1,352
(12)
1,340 $

954
270
1,224
(86)
1,138

$

294
696
990
(13)
977

14.3%
12.3
13.8
59.3
13.1%

19.1%
15.0
18.0
9.0
18.2%

5.6%
57.5
15.2
10.8
15.3%

Salary expense per employee averaged $46,000 in 2013, $41,000 in 2012 and $37,000 in 2011. Average earning assets per employee 
measured approximately $3 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

Charges for insurance premiums paid to the FDIC increased by $94,000 in 2013 compared to a decrease in 2012 of $376,000. 
Deposits are insured by the FDIC up to a maximum amount, which is generally $250,000 per depositor subject to aggregation rules. 
As an FDIC-insured institution, the Bank is required to pay deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. The change in the 
basis used to calculate the assessment contributed in part to the decrease in expense in 2012. The assessment base changed to an asset-
based calculation effective for the second quarter of 2011. Concurrently with the effects of the change in assessment base, the 
Company was also subject to higher insurance premiums in 2011 due to its informal agreement with regulatory agencies. As a result 
of its fulfillment of the terms of the agreement, FDIC insurance expense declined by 55.9% in 2012. The Company anticipates its 
FDIC insurance expense will remain consistent in 2014. 

Pursuant to a final rule adopted by the FDIC in November 2009, the Bank was required to prepay its estimated quarterly risk-based 
assessments to the FDIC for the fourth quarter 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The Bank prepaid the amount of $3.0 million 
in December 2009 and had a remaining balance of $1.2 million at December 31, 2012. The prepaid assessment amounts are included 
in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company in 2012. The Bank was assessed quarterly premiums by the FDIC, 
and such assessments were charged against the prepaid asset until such time as the prepaid asset was fully expensed. In June 2013, the 
excess balance of $1.1 million was refunded, at which point the Bank resumed paying premiums to the FDIC. 

Included in non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 is the one-time investment of $444,000 in a Historic Tax 
Credit partnership which generated $634,000 in tax credits for 2012. The Company recorded no tax credit activity in 2013 but expects 
modest recognition in 2014 and beyond. All other categories of non-interest expenses increased $756,000, or 12.5%, in 2013 
compared to $605,000, or 11.1%, in 2012. These expense categories are subject to fluctuation due to non-recurring items. The 
majority of these increases relate to the expenses incurred by the mortgage banking operation in the form of professional fees, third-
party consulting fees and compliance-related costs and $229,000 of costs to exit the wholesale mortgage banking channel and 
reducing mortgage operations late in the third quarter of 2013. Also, $164,000 in costs were incurred in the closing of the Middlefield 
branch in late 2013.

Income before federal income tax expense amounted to $1.9 million for 2013 compared to $2.8 million and $5.3 million for 2012 and 
2011, respectively. The effective tax rate was 4.70% in 2013, (5.74)% in 2012 and 22.66% in 2011, resulting in income tax expense of 
$88,000 in 2013 and $1.2 million in 2011 and an income tax benefit of $158,000 in 2012. The historic tax credit contributed to the 
lower effective tax rate in 2012. 

33

 
 
    
   
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
Provision at statutory rate ..................................................
(Deduct) add tax effects of:

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance-net .............
Non-taxable interest income .....................................
Historical tax credit...................................................
Non-deductible expenses ..........................................
Federal income tax effective rate .......................................

2013

December 31,
2012

2011

34.00%

34.00%

34.00%

(5.90)
(26.96)
—
3.56
4.70%

(4.68)
(18.57)
(17.53)
1.04
(5.74)%

(2.49)
(9.82)
— 
0.97
22.66%

Net income registered $1.8 million in 2013, $2.9 million in 2012 and $4.1 million in 2011, representing per share amounts of $0.39 in 
2013, $0.64 in 2012 and $0.90 in 2011. Cash dividends of $0.12 per share were paid to shareholders of record in 2013. A cash 
dividend of $0.03 per share was paid in 2012. There were no cash dividends in 2011. 

The following table shows unaudited financial results by quarter: 

Dec. 31  
Interest income. ................................. $ 5,129
Interest expense .................................
792
4,337
Net interest income ..................
150
Loan loss provision ...........................
Net security (losses) gains .................
(3)
(1,954)
Impairment losses, net .......................
56
Mortgage banking gains ....................
—
Other real estate (losses) gains ..........
794
Other non-interest income .................
4,005
Other non-interest expenses ..............
(925)
(Loss) income before tax .........

Federal income tax (benefit) 

Net (loss) income ..................... $

expense .........................................

(463)
(462)
Net (loss) income per share ............... $ (0.11)
Net interest income (fully tax-

For the 2013 quarter ended:
June 30  
  Sept. 30  
$ 4,938
$ 4,948
858
843
4,080
4,105
150
150
152
386
— 
— 
638
109
(38)
13
613
826
4,343
4,509
1,003
729

(Amounts in thousands)

  Mar. 31  
$ 5,045
911
4,134
200
— 
— 
688
— 
618
4,175
1,065

  Dec. 31  
$ 5,347
968
4,379
2,120
(46)
— 
335
(50)
645
4,082
(939)

For the 2012 quarter ended:
June 30  
  Sept. 30  
$ 5,227
$ 5,136
1,027
1,012
4,200
4,124
330
300
28
25
— 
— 
266
1,017
13
2
732
657
3,694
3,848
1,204
1,688

  Mar. 31  
$ 5,305
1,064
4,241
270
7
(171)
154
— 
705
3,864
802

112
617
0.14

$
$

204
799
0.18

$
$

235
830
0.18

$
$

(475)
422
(464) $ 1,266
0.28

$
$ (0.11) $

252
952
0.21

(357)
$ 1,159
0.26
$

$
$

equivalent basis) ........................... $ 4,540

$ 4,299

$ 4,262

$ 4,294

$ 4,556

$ 4,321

$ 4,394

$ 4,426

Net interest rate spread ......................
Net interest margin ............................

3.45%
3.63%

3.23%
3.42%

3.16%
3.34%

3.09%
3.27%

3.24%
3.44%

3.31%
3.51%

3.45%
3.66%

3.49%
3.70%

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES 

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents 
management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, with the 
judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses on risks inherent in the loan portfolio. Accordingly, the 
methodology to establish the amount of the allowance is based on historical loss experience by type of credit and internal risk grade, 
specific homogeneous risk pools, and specific loss allocations, with adjustments for current events and conditions. The Company’s 
process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses is designed to account for credit deterioration as it 
occurs. 

The Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology consists of three elements: (i) specific valuation allowances on probable losses 
on specific loans; (ii) historical valuation allowances based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar 
characteristics and trends; and (iii) general valuation allowances based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk 
factors both internal and external to the Company. 

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The allowances established for probable losses on specific loans are based on recurring analyses and evaluations of classified loans. 
Loans are categorized into risk grade classifications based on an internal credit risk grading process that evaluates, among other things: 
(i) the obligor’s ability to repay; (ii) the underlying collateral, if any; and (iii) the economic environment and industry in which the 
borrower operates. The Bank currently divides the loan and lease portfolio into the following major categories: 1) Pooled Loans 
(unclassified) with similar risk characteristics; 2) Substandard Loans (classified) defined as being inadequately protected by current sound 
net worth, paying capacity of the borrower, or pledged collateral; 3) Special Mention (classified) defined as having potential weaknesses 
that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result in the 
deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit or the Bank’s credit position; 4) Loss or doubtful loans (classified) have all the 
weaknesses of the previous classifications, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the 
basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values highly questionable and improbable; and 5) Impaired Loans which generally 
include non-accrual loans. Once a loan is assigned a risk grade of classified, the loan review officer assesses whether the loan is to be 
evaluated for impairment based on the Company policy. A portion of the allowance for loan loss is specifically allocated to those loans 
which are evaluated for impairment and determined to be impaired. Specific valuation allowances are determined by analyzing the 
borrower’s ability to repay amounts owed, collateral deficiencies, the relative risk grade of the loan and economic conditions affecting the 
borrower’s industry, among other things. If after review, the loan is not considered to be impaired, the loan is included with a pool of 
similar loans that is assigned a valuation allowance calculated based on the historical loss experience and qualitative factors of the 
pool type. The valuation allowance is calculated based on the historical loss experience of specific types of classified loans. The 
Company calculates historical loss ratios for pools of loans with similar characteristics based on the proportion of actual charge-offs 
experienced to the total population of loans in the pool. The historical loss ratios are periodically updated based on actual charge-off 
experience. 

A general valuation allowance is established for pools of homogeneous loans based upon the product of the historical loss ratio 
adjusted for qualitative factors and the total dollar amount of the loans in the pool. Specific qualitative factors considered by 
management include trends in volume or terms, changes in lending policy levels and trends in charge-offs, classification and non-
accrual loans, concentrations of credit and local and national economic factors. The Company’s pools of similar loans include 
similarly risk-graded groups of commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, residential real estate loans, home equity loans and 
other consumer loans. Additional factors are used on pools of loans considered special mention; specifically, levels and trends in 
classification, declining trends in financial performance, structure and lack of performance measures and migration from special 
mention to substandard. For loans graded as substandard, a separate historical loss rate is calculated as a percent of charge-offs net of 
recoveries to the balance of substandard loans, which results in a higher historical loss factor. This is also adjusted for the qualitative 
factors discussed previously. 

Loans identified as losses by management, internal loan review and/or bank examiners are charged off. Furthermore, consumer loan 
accounts are charged off in accordance with regulatory requirements. 

The Company maintains an allowance for losses on unfunded commercial lending commitments to provide for the risk of loss inherent 
in these arrangements. The allowance is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan 
losses. This allowance is reported as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets within other liabilities, while the corresponding 
provision for these losses is recorded as a component of other non-interest expenses. At both December 31, 2013 and 2012, this 
allowance was $84,000. Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is available for 
any credit that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. While management utilizes its best judgment and information 
available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including the 
performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward 
loan classifications. 

Although management believes the Company uses the best information available to make loan loss allowance determinations, future 
adjustments could be necessary if circumstances or economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making our 
initial determinations. Continued levels of job loss and high unemployment, home foreclosures and business failures could result in 
increased levels of nonperforming assets and charge-offs, increased loan loss provisions and reductions in income. Additionally, as an 
integral part of their examination process, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses. The banking 
agencies could require the recognition of additions to the loan loss allowance based on their judgment of information available to them 
at the time of their examination. 

35

Balance at beginning of year.................................................. $
Loan losses:
Commercial............................................................................
Commercial real estate...........................................................
Residential real estate ............................................................
Consumer - home equity ........................................................
Consumer - other....................................................................
Total..............................................................................

Recoveries on previous loan losses:
Commercial............................................................................
Commercial real estate...........................................................
Residential real estate ............................................................
Consumer – home equity .......................................................
Consumer – other ...................................................................
Total..............................................................................
Net loan losses .......................................................................
Provision charged to operations.............................................
Balance at end of year............................................................ $
Ratio of net loan losses to average total loans outstanding ...
Ratio of loan loss allowance to total loans.............................

2013

2012

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,
2011

2010

2009

3,825

$

3,058

$

2,501

$

2,437

$

2,470

(1)
(782)
(81)
(12)
(146)
(1,022)

167
11
26
18
89
311
(711)
650
3,764

$

(1,937)
(36)
(231)
(59)
(152)
(2,415)

9
37
46
13
57
162
(2,253)
3,020
3,825

$

0.23%
1.09%

0.78%
1.21%

— 
(211)
(362)
(91)
(168)
(832)

3
118
6
6
60
193
(639)
1,196
3,058
0.24%
1.06%

$

(1)
(204)
(229)
(14)
(168)
(616)

— 
58
18
3
96
175
(441)
505
2,501

0.19%
0.94%

$

(5)
(233)
(87)
(97)
(198)
(620)

4
55
1
—
100
160
(460)
427
2,437
0.19%
0.98%

The $782,000 commercial real estate charge-off in 2013 contains $710,000 in charge-offs to a single borrower which had $530,000 in 
a related specific allowance prior to the charge-off. The $1.9 million commercial loan charge-off in 2012 related to a single borrower 
to which no related allowance had been previously allocated. 

The following is an allocation of the year end allowance for loan losses. The allowance has been allocated according to the amount 
deemed to be reasonably necessary to provide for the possibility of losses being incurred within the following categories of loans as 
of: 

2013

2012

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,
2011

2010

2009

Commercial ............................................................................. $
Commercial real estate ............................................................
Residential real estate..............................................................
Consumer – home equity.........................................................
Consumer – other ....................................................................

Total............................................................................... $

593
2,638
356
88
89
3,764

$

$

639
2,616
343
123
104
3,825

$

$

565
1,803
470
128
92
3,058

$

$

249
1,611
418
111
112
2,501

$

$

209
1,666
315
71
176
2,437

The allocations of the allowance as shown in the previous table should not be interpreted as an indication that future loan losses will 
occur in the same proportions or that the allocations indicate future loan loss trends. Furthermore, the portion allocated to each loan 
category is not the total amount available for future losses that might occur within such categories since the total allowance is 
applicable to the entire portfolio, and allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude availability to 
absorb losses in other categories.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
LOAN PORTFOLIO 

The following table represents the composition of the loan portfolio as of: 

2013

Balance

Commercial ....................... $ 73,643
Commercial real estate ...... 206,744
42,288
Residential real estate ........
19,510
Consumer – home equity ...
4,648
Consumer – other...............
Total loans................ $346,833

2012

Balance

%
21.2 $ 62,312
193,417
59.6
39,091
12.2
17,910
5.6
4,552
1.4
$317,282

(Amounts in thousands)

December 31,

2011

2010

2009

Balance

%
19.6 $ 60,233
160,319
61.1
45,780
12.3
16,916
5.6
5,848
1.4
$289,096

Balance

%
20.8 $ 42,349
146,389
55.5
52,262
15.8
16,963
5.9
7,216
2.0
$265,179

Balance

%
16.0 $ 38,498
126,507
55.2
60,904
19.7
14,569
6.4
7,770
2.7
$248,248

%
15.5
51.0
24.5
5.9
3.1

The following schedule sets forth maturities based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal or next re-pricing opportunity for 
loans (excluding residential real estate, consumer- home equity and consumer-other) as of: 

Commercial................................................................... $
Commercial real estate..................................................

Total .................................................................... $

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31, 2013

1 Year or
Less
49,084
51,498
100,582

Over 1 Year
to 5 Years

$

$

12,464
115,265
127,729

Over 5
Years

$

$

12,095
39,981
52,076

$

$

Total
73,643
206,744
280,387

The following schedule sets forth loans based on next re-pricing opportunity for floating and adjustable interest rate products, and by 
remaining scheduled principal payments for loan products with fixed rates of interest. Residential real estate, consumer - home equity 
and consumer – other loans have again been excluded. 

Floating or adjustable rates of interest ................................ $
Fixed rates of interest..........................................................

Total........................................................................... $

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31, 2013

1 Year or
Less
98,127
2,455
100,582

     Over 1 Year     

$

$

133,462
46,343
179,805

$

$

Total
231,589
48,798
280,387

The Company recorded an increase of $29.6 million in the loan portfolio from the level of $317.3 million recorded at December 31, 
2012. Gross loans as a percentage of earning assets stood at 66.7% as of December 31, 2013 and 59.2% at December 31, 2012. The 
loan-to-deposit ratio at December 31, 2013 was 77.3% as compared to 66.5% at December 31, 2012. Despite the slow economic 
recovery in the region, the Bank posted year-over-year growth in total loans of 9.3%. As the balance sheet is adequately structured to 
accommodate additional loan growth, management remains committed to fulfilling the credit needs of creditworthy customers. The 
year-end increase in total loans is also partially attributed to short-term, 60-day loans closed in 2013 for $27.6 million, compared to 
$20.7 million in 2012. At December 31, 2013 the loan loss allowance of $3.8 million represented approximately 1.1% of outstanding 
loans, and at December 31, 2012, the loan loss allowance of $3.8 million represented approximately 1.2% of outstanding loans.

The portion of the loan portfolio represented by commercial loans (including commercial real estate) remained about the same from 
80.6% in 2012 to 80.8% in 2013. Consumer loans (including home equity loans) were approximately 7.0% of the loan portfolio in 
2012 and 2013 as the Bank remains challenged in growing these portfolios with consumers deleveraging their household since the 
economic downturn of 2008-2009. Between 2012 and 2013, the balance of residential real estate loans also remained consistent from 
12.3% to 12.2% of the loan portfolio as borrowers continue to look to qualify for the secondary market in order to take advantage of 
historically low interest rates while management previously elected not to portfolio historically low yields. Although both residential 
real estate and consumer loans remained level as a percentage of the total portfolio, the Bank reported increases in those portfolios 
from the prior year of 7.6% and 8.2%, respectively, reversing the three year trend of declining balances. The growth is attributed to 
retail banking initiatives commenced at the end of the fiscal year 2012.

37

 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table offers a comparison of loan composition for the time period 2009 to 2013: 

Loan Portfolio Composition
(in percentages)

59.6

51.0

2013

2009

24.5

12.2

21.2

15.5

5.6

5.9

1.4

3.1

Commercial

Commercial real
estate

Residential real estate

Consumer - home
equity

Consumer - other

60
40
20
0

Commercial, commercial real estate and residential real estate loans continue to comprise the largest share of the Company’s loan 
portfolio. At the end of 2013, commercial, commercial real estate and residential real estate loans comprised a combined 93.0% of the 
portfolio compared to 91.0% at December 31, 2009. The portfolio at December 31, 2013 also included home equity loans at 5.6% and 
consumer installment loans at 1.4%. These percentages compare to home equity loans at 5.9% and consumer installment loans at 3.1% 
on December 31, 2009. 

The balance of the commercial loan portfolio, which includes commercial mortgages, is $280.4 million at December 31, 2013, an 
increase of $24.7 million from the balance of $255.7 million recorded at December 31, 2012 and represents a 9.7% growth. Short-
term, asset-based commercial loans, including lines of credit, increased during the year. Commercial real estate (CRE) loans reflected 
the largest component growth from the prior period of $13.3 million, or 6.9%, which substantially represents investment real estate 
supported by third-party rents and leases. At December 31, 2013, the total commercial real estate portfolio consisted of 39.2% in 
owner occupied real estate and 60.8% in non-owner occupied real estate. The increase in CRE loans was a direct result of 
management taking strategic advantage of competitive market conditions and the Bank’s considerable liquidity position. The CRE 
portfolio was also enhanced by lending into the Skilled Nursing and Personal Health Care industries. In 2006, the federal banking 
regulatory agencies published interagency guidance on CRE Concentration Risk Management stating that if total commercial real 
estate concentration exceeded 300% of a bank’s total capital (or if the CRE portfolio increased by over 50% in the preceding 3 years), 
the portfolio may represent significant concentration risk and additional monitoring may be required. The Bank’s overall CRE 
concentration as of December 31, 2013 was $206.7 million, which is 352% of total unimpaired or risk-based capital. Management 
believes that its current level of credit review and portfolio monitoring adequately assures that the Bank is mitigating CRE 
concentration levels. In a strategic effort to diversify, the Bank continues to develop its commercial and industrial portfolio and, as 
such, the December 31, 2013 balance of $73.6 million represents 26.3% of the total commercial portfolio, which reflected a 1.9% 
increase from the period December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013. The continued focus on owner and non-owner occupied 
commercial real estate relationships along with commercial and industrial relationships also assisted a year-over-year growth in non-
maturing commercial deposits of 9.9% from the period ended December 2012 to December 2013. 

Loan personnel will continue to aggressively pursue both commercial and small business opportunities supported by product 
incentives and marketing efforts. When necessary, management will continue to offer competitive fixed-rate commercial real estate 
products to qualifying customers in an effort to establish new business relationships, retain existing relationships, and capture 
additional market share. The Bank’s lending function continues to provide business services to a wide array of medium and small 
businesses, including but not limited to, commercial and industrial accounts such as health care facilities, grocery stores, 
manufacturers, trucking companies, physicians and medical groups, service contractors, restaurants, hospitality industry companies, 
retailers, wholesalers, educational institutions and other political subdivisions as well as commercial and residential real estate 
builders. 

Commercial and small business loans are originated by commercial loan personnel and other loan personnel assigned to the Bank’s 
offices within various geographical regions. These loans are all processed in accordance with established business loan underwriting 
standards and practices. 

38

The following table provides an overview of commercial loans by various business sectors reflecting the areas of largest 
concentration. It should be noted that these are current loan balances including executed commitments to fund and do not reflect 
existing commitments that have not been accepted or executed. 

2013

% of

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,
2012

% of

2011

Balances

Portfolio      Balances

Portfolio      Balances

Non-residential building/apartment building ................ $
Skilled nursing...............................................................
Hotels/motels.................................................................
Eating establishments ....................................................
Nursing and personal care .............................................

51,396
30,589
24,745
17,583
13,226

18.33
10.91
8.83
6.27
4.72

$

39,990
24,573
18,999
17,391
14,803

15.64
9.61
7.43
6.80
5.79

$

26,724
20,356
17,247
15,805
14,433

% of

Portfolio  
12.12
9.23
7.82
7.17
6.54

The most substantial increase in concentrations comes from non-residential building/apartment building, which was significantly 
enhanced in late 2011, 2012 and 2013. The single largest customer relationship had an aggregate balance at year end 2013 of $18.1 
million compared to $12.3 million in 2012. This balance represented approximately 4.8% of the total commercial and CRE portfolio 
in both 2013 and 2012. It is important to note that within this relationship, there is a 60-day note for $17.0 million in 2013 and $12.0 
million in 2012, which are fully secured by segregated deposit accounts with the Bank. 

The Bank continues to be active in home equity financing. Home equity term loans and credit lines (HELOCs) remain popular with 
consumers wishing to finance home improvement costs, education expenses, vacations and consumer goods purchased at favorable 
interest rates. 

In order to improve customer retention and provide better overall balance, management will continue to evaluate and reposition the 
Company’s portfolio product offerings during 2014. 

In the consumer lending area, the Company provides financing for a variety of consumer purchases, such as: fixed-rate amortizing 
mortgage products that consumers utilize for home improvements; the purchase of consumer goods of all types; and education, travel 
and other personal expenditures. The consolidation of credit card balances and other existing debt into term payouts continues to 
remain a popular financing option among consumers. 

Additional information regarding the loan portfolio can be found in Item 8, Notes 1, 3, 8, 11 and 14 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements. 

MORTGAGE BANKING 

In late 2011, the Company implemented a wholesale mortgage operation serviced through CSB. During 2013 and 2012, management 
capitalized on the expertise of CSB’s newly hired personnel to substantially increase loans sold on the secondary market. In 2013, 
originations, primarily wholesale, totaled $249.7 million while sales were $273.8 million, leaving a year-end loans-held-for-sale 
balance of $656,000. In 2012, originations, primarily wholesale, totaled $244.1 million while sales were $220.3 million, leaving a 
year-end loans-held-for-sale balance of $24.8 million. In 2011, originations, primarily retail, were $5.4 million; loans sold were $4.6 
million; and loans held for sale were $947,000. Resulting mortgage banking gains for 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $1.5 million, $1.8 
million and $162,000, respectively. In addition to ramping up operations through the association with brokers, the historically low 
interest rate environment stimulated the refinance volume throughout 2012. Although mortgage banking gains are equivalent to year-
ago levels, the application volume driving the revenues has declined substantially over past months. The persistent rise in mortgage 
rates that began in May 2013 have caused the Company’s application volume to decline from $82.9 million and $94.2 million for the 
first and second quarters of 2013 to $42.7 million in the third quarter of 2013, compared to $123.9 million for the same quarter of 
2012. With the dramatic volume decrease and the prospects for any turnaround considered improbable in the near term, the Company 
curtailed portions of its mortgage banking activities. Originations from the wholesale channel and all out-of-market retail origination 
was closed down as of September 13, 2013. In addition to the origination channels, operational staff were also severed in order to 
right-size the business line with expected volume. These decisions in the aggregate are expected to contribute positively to net income 
prospectively, conducted primarily through the Bank’s subsidiary.

Currently, the Company is not retaining the servicing on loans sold. Although the Company’s primary strategy is to sell long-term 
residential mortgages, loans are occasionally retained in the portfolio when requested by a customer or to enhance account 
relationships, and tend to be variable rate or shorter term. The mix of portfolio retained to those sold to investors will vary from year 
to year. The Company has shifted to a more retail based volume versus the wholesale channel. 

39

 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
The Company maintains reserves for mortgage loans sold to agencies and investors in the event that, either through error or 
disagreement between the parties, the Company is required to indemnify the purchase. The reserves take into consideration risks 
associated with underwriting, key factors in the mortgage industry, loans with specific reserve requirements, past due loans and 
potential indemnification by the Company. Reserves are estimated based on consideration of factors in the mortgage industry, such as 
declining collateral values and rising levels of delinquency, default and foreclosure, coupled with increased incidents of quality 
reviews at all levels of the mortgage industry seeking justification for pushing back losses to loan originators and wholesalers. As of 
December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had reserves for mortgage loans sold of $681,400 and $430,200, respectively. For the 
twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded $251,100 and $411,500, respectively, in provision expense 
related to potential repurchase and warranties exposure. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not 
repurchase any mortgage loans sold. 

INVESTMENT SECURITIES 

Investment securities are segregated into three separate portfolios: available-for-sale, held-to-maturity and trading. Each portfolio type 
has its own method of accounting. The Company currently does not maintain a held-to-maturity portfolio. 
Securities classified as available-for-sale are those that could be sold for liquidity, investment management, or similar reasons even 
though management has no present intentions to do so. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value using the specific 
identification method. Changes in the unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are recorded net of tax effect as a 
component of comprehensive income. 

Held-to-maturity securities are recorded at historical cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. 
Securities designated by the Company as held-to-maturity tend to be higher yielding but less liquid either due to maturity, size or other 
characteristics of the issue. The Company must have both the intent and the ability to hold such securities to maturity. 

Trading securities are an investment in obligations of states and political subdivisions and include cash equivalent investments for 
trading liquidity. Management has purchased these securities principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Trading 
securities are carried at fair value with valuation adjustments included in other non-interest income. 

Securities the Company has designated as available-for-sale may be sold prior to maturity in order to fund loan demand, to adjust for 
interest rate sensitivity, to reallocate bank resources or to reposition the portfolio to reflect changing economic conditions and shifts in 
the relative values of market sectors. Available-for-sale securities tend to be more liquid investments and generally exhibit less price 
volatility as interest rates fluctuate. 

Securities are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in their value is other-than-temporary. Management utilizes 
criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the 
loss in value is other-than-temporary. The OTTI is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the 
prospect for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value 
equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be an OTTI, the credit-related 
OTTI is recognized in earnings while the non-credit related OTTI on securities not expected to be sold is recognized in other 
comprehensive income (loss). 

The following table shows the fair value of available-for-sale securities by type of obligation at: 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,
2012

2013

U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government agencies and corporations ......... $
Obligations of states and political subdivisions ...................................
U.S. Government mortgage-backed securities.....................................
Private-label mortgage-backed securities ............................................
Trust preferred securities......................................................................
General Motors equity investments .....................................................
Regulatory stock...................................................................................

Total fair value of available-for-sale securities .......................... $

9,059
43,535
95,107
—
10,136
—
3,049
160,886

$

$

8,188
42,316
123,481
—
7,612
—
3,049
184,646

$

$

2011
20,675
39,019
113,283
381
9,145
364
3,049
185,916

Impairment Analysis of Investment Securities 

Item 8, Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contains the accounting and disclosures for securities 
impairment. 

40

 
 
 
 
    
    
 
Fair Value 

The Company owns 12 trust preferred securities totaling $14.4 million (par value) issued by banks, thrifts, insurance companies and 
real estate investment trusts. The market for these securities at December 31, 2013 is not active and markets for similar securities are 
also not active. Given conditions in the debt markets today and the absence of observable transactions in the secondary and new issue 
markets, the Company determined the few observable transactions and market quotations that are available are not reliable for 
purposes of determining fair value at December 31, 2013. It was decided that an income valuation approach technique (present value 
technique) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs would be more 
representative of fair value than the market approach valuation technique used at measurement dates prior to 2008. 

The Company enlisted the aid of an independent third party to perform the trust preferred securities valuations. The approach to 
determining fair value involved the following process: 

1.

2.

3.

4.

Estimate the credit quality of the collateral using average probability of default values for each issuer (adjusted for rating 
levels). 

Consider the potential for correlation among issuers within the same industry for default probabilities (e.g. banks with 
other banks). 

Forecast the cash flows for the underlying collateral and apply to each trust preferred security tranche to determine the 
resulting distribution among the securities. 

Discount the expected cash flows to calculate the present value of the security. 

The effective discount rates on an overall basis generally range from 6.61% to 15.71% and are highly dependent upon the credit 
quality of the collateral, the relative position of the tranche in the capital structure of the trust preferred securities and the prepayment 
assumptions. 

Based upon the results of the analysis, the Company currently believes that a weighted average price of approximately $0.71 per $1.00 
of par value is representative of the fair value of the 12 trust preferred securities. 

The Company considered all information available as of December 31, 2013 to estimate the impairment and resulting fair value of the 
trust preferred securities. These securities are supported by a number of banks and insurance companies located throughout the 
country. If the conditions of the underlying banks in the trust preferred securities worsen, there may be additional impairment to 
recognize in 2014 or later. In February 2014, the Company completed the sale of all nine of the disallowed investments along with one 
other permissible holding. Proceeds of the $10.2 million were received on an amortized cost of $10.0 million resulting in a pre-tax 
gain of approximately $200,000.

41

A summary of securities held at December 31, 2013, classified according to the earlier of next re-pricing or the maturity date and the 
weighted average yield for each range of maturities, is set forth below. Fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities are classified by their 
estimated contractual cash flow, adjusted for current prepayment assumptions. Actual maturities may differ from contractual 
maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31, 2013

Fair Value    

Weighted
Average Yield (1) 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations:

Maturing or repricing within one year .............................................$
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years ..............
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years..............
Maturing or repricing after ten years................................................

Total U.S. Government agencies and corporations ................$

—
1,109
7,950
—
9,059

Obligations of states and political subdivisions:

Maturing or repricing within one year..............................................$
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years ..............
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years..............
Maturing or repricing after ten years................................................

1,210
1,917
6,710
33,698
Total obligations of states and political subdivisions .............$ 43,535

U.S. Government mortgage-backed and related securities:

Maturing or repricing within one year .............................................$
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years ..............
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years..............
Maturing or repricing after ten years................................................
Total U.S. Government mortgage-backed and related 

1,212
22,892
3,686
67,317

—%

1.490
2.420
—
2.310%

4.910%
3.530
5.180
4.590
4.650%

1.480%
1.570
2.320
2.240

securities ............................................................................$ 95,107

2.070%

Other securities (2):

Maturing or repricing within one year .............................................$ 10,136
—
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years ..............
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years..............
—
3,049
Maturing or repricing after ten years................................................
Total other securities...............................................................$ 13,185

2.160%
—
—
—
1.660%

(1)

The weighted-average yield has been computed by dividing the total interest income adjusted for amortization of premium or 
accretion of discount over the life of the security by the amortized cost of the securities outstanding. The weighted-average yield 
of tax-exempt obligations of states and political subdivisions has been calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis. The amount 
of adjustment to interest, which is based on the statutory tax rate of 34%, was $622,000. 

(2) Regulatory stock is included in the amount maturing or repricing after ten years. 

As of December 31, 2013, there were $3.8 million in callable U.S. Government agency securities and $6.0 million in callable 
obligations of states and political subdivisions that, given current and expected interest rate environments, are likely to be called 
within the one-year time horizon. These securities are categorized according to their contractual maturities, with $1.1 million 
classified as maturing or repricing within one year, $1.8 million classified as maturing after one year but within five years, $6.9 
classified as maturing after five years but within ten years and none classified as maturing after 10 years. 

As of December 31, 2013, there were $2.9 million in callable U.S. Government agency securities, $20.3 million in callable obligations 
of states and political subdivisions that, given current and expected interest rate environments, have the possibility of being called 
within the time frame defined as after one year but within five years. These securities are categorized according to their contractual 
maturities, with $300,000 maturing after one year but within five years, $5.5 million maturing after five years but within ten years and 
$17.4 million maturing after 10 years. 

42

 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2013, the carrying value of all investment securities totaled $160.9 million, a decrease of $23.8 million, or 12.9%, 
from the prior year. The Bank’s management elected to reallocate the majority of the proceeds from called and paid-down securities 
that were realized during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013. Additionally, by utilizing the available liquidity, the Bank was 
able to pay off FHLB advances and fund commercial loans. The investment portfolio represents 35.9% of each deposit dollar, down 
from 38.7% at the prior year end. The allocation between single maturity investment securities and mortgage-backed securities shifted 
to a 49/51 split versus the 33/67 division of the previous year. 

Holdings of U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations showed a decrease of $14.1 million, or 45.1%. The 
decrease was due to $8.3 million of principal paydowns and $5.1 million in sales. 

Holdings of U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities decreased by $14.3 million, or 15.5%. The decrease was the 
result of principal paydowns of $22.5 million and sales of $21.4 million, offset by $34.1 million in purchases. 

Holdings of other securities remained relatively unchanged during the year. 

The mix of mortgage-backed securities remained weighted in favor of fixed-rate securities in 2013, and accordingly, the portion of the 
mortgage-backed portfolio allocated to fixed-rate securities increased slightly from 88.0% to 88.4% in the current year. Floating rate 
and adjustable-rate mortgage-backed securities provide some degree of protection against rising interest rates, while fixed-rate 
securities perform better in periods of stable-to-slightly-declining interest rates. Included in the mortgage-backed securities portfolio 
are investments in collateralized mortgage obligations, which totaled $17.1 million and $31.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively. There were $5.1 million in collateralized mortgage obligations sold in 2013 and $4.8 million in collateralized mortgage 
obligations sold in 2012. 

At December 31, 2013, a net unrealized loss of $2.9 million, net of tax, was included in shareholders’ equity as a component of other 
comprehensive loss, as compared to a net unrealized loss of $1.7 million, net of tax, as of December 31, 2012. Lower interest rates 
generally translate into more favorable market prices for debt securities; conversely, rising interest rates generally result in 
depreciation in the market value of debt securities. As the trust preferred securities are in an illiquid market, their valuation is 
established by a discounted cash flow model, and the losses therein are the primary determinant of the overall loss position. 

The Company has $10.1 million in investments considered to be structured notes as of December 31, 2013, an increase of $2.5 
million, or 32.9% from one year ago. The increase consisted entirely of market valuation of existing securities, as no additional 
structured notes were purchased. The Company has no investments in other derivative products. 

Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 1 and 2 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements. 

DEPOSITS 

The Company’s deposits are derived from the individuals and businesses located in its primary market area. Total deposits at year-end 
exhibited a decrease of 5.9% to $448.7 million at December 31, 2013, as compared to $476.9 million at December 31, 2012. Much of 
the decrease is attributed to our customers’ ultimate investment of, and payment of taxes on, the shale bonus funds paid to them and 
deposited during the second half of 2012. 

The Company’s deposit base consists of demand deposits, savings, money market and time deposit accounts. Average noninterest-
bearing deposits increased 10.6% during 2013, while average interest-bearing deposits increased by 0.9%. 

During 2013, noninterest-bearing deposits averaged $85.8 million or 19.7%, of total average deposits, compared to $77.5 million or 
18.3% of total deposits in 2012. Core deposits, defined as deposits less certificates of deposit greater than $100,000, averaged $371.2 
million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $18.2 million from the average level in 2012. During 2012, core 
deposits had averaged $353.0 million, an increase of $27.6 million from the preceding year. 

Historically, the deposit base of the Company has been characterized by a significant aggregate amount of core deposits. Core deposits 
represent 85.2% of average total deposits in 2013, compared to 83.2% in 2012. Non-core deposits consist of Jumbo CDs, which are 
certificates of deposit in the amount of $100,000 or more. 

The Company’s portfolio of certificates of deposit is sourced primarily from customers in the Bank’s immediate market area and 
includes an insignificant amount of brokered deposits. 

43

Noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts now comprise 27.7% of total deposits compared to 21.8% five years ago. 
The following graph depicts how the deposit mix has shifted during this five-year time frame. 

Average Deposit Mix
(in percentages)

2013

2009

27.0

22.1

8.0

6.6

13.0

10.4

28.8

14.8

16.9

17.5

19.7

15.2

30.0
25.0
20.0
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0

Checking

NOW

Money market

Savings

Jumbo CDs

Other CDs

Additional information regarding interest-bearing deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES 

Premises and equipment totaled $6.7 million at December 31, 2013, an increase of $100,000 from $6.6 million at December 31, 2012. 
Bank-owned life insurance had a cash surrender value of $15.1 million at December 31, 2013 and $14.0 million at December 31, 
2012. The Company purchased $714,000 in bank-owned life insurance in 2013 and $694,000 in 2012 as part of its funding of 
executive post-retirement benefits. Other assets decreased to $10.9 million at December 31, 2013 from $11.2 million at December 31, 
2012. Included in other assets in 2012 is a prepaid assessment paid to the FDIC in December of 2009. This prepayment was the 
estimate, based on projected assessment rates and assessment base, made by the FDIC of premiums due until December 31, 2012. On 
June 30, 2013, the unused portion of $1.1 million was returned to the Company. The balance was $1.2 million at December 31, 2012 
and $1.5 million at December 31, 2011. Other real estate decreased to $33,000 at December 31, 2013 compared to $145,000 at 
December 31, 2012. Net deferred tax assets measured $5.5 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $5.0 million at December 31, 
2012. Federal income tax receivable of $1.0 million and $1.7 million was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively. 

In 2013, a $1.9 million investment in a partnership fund is included in other assets with an offsetting $1.8 million in other liabilities, 
which is the commitment to fund this affordable housing investment. The valuation gain related to the mortgage banking derivatives 
was $17,000 at December 31, 2013 and $531,000 at December 31, 2012.

Other liabilities measured $7.2 million at December 31, 2013 and $4.7 million at December 31, 2012. The increase at December 31, 
2013 is due to a $1.9 million commitment to fund the affordable housing partnership fund previously described. Other major 
components are accrued interest on deposits and borrowings which measured $290,000 and $359,000 in 2013 and 2012. Accrued 
expenses measured $3.4 million at December 31, 2013 and $2.7 million at December 31, 2012. Post-retirement benefits is the largest 
accrued expense item, which measured $1.9 million at December 31, 2013 and $1.7 million at December 31, 2012. 

ASSET-LIABILITY MANAGEMENT 

The Company’s executive management and Board of Directors routinely review the Company’s balance sheet structure for stability, 
liquidity and capital adequacy. The Company has defined a set of key control parameters which provide various measures of the 
Company’s exposure to changes in interest rates. The Company’s asset-liability management goal is to produce a net interest margin 
that is relatively stable despite interest rate volatility, while maintaining an acceptable level of earnings. Net interest income is the 
difference between total interest earned on a fully taxable equivalent basis and total interest expensed. The net interest margin ratio 
expresses this difference as a percentage of average earning assets. In the past five years, the net interest margin has averaged 3.50% 
ranging between 3.19% and 3.72% as depicted in the following graph. 

44

Net Interest Margin Ratio
(in percentages)

3.72

3.59

3.19

3.41

3.58

4
3
2
1
0

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

Included among the various measurement techniques used by the Company to identify and manage exposure to changing interest rates 
is the use of computer-based simulation models. Computerized simulation techniques enable the Company to explore and measure net 
interest income volatility under alternative asset deployment strategies, different interest rate environments, various product offerings 
and changing growth patterns. 

During 2013, the effective maturities of earning assets tended to shorten as rates in the credit markets remained extremely low. Federal 
Reserve policy makers kept the short-term rates in the range of 0.00% to 0.25% during all of 2013 in an attempt to ease strains in the 
financial market, stimulate spending and help improve the recovery. With rates low during the year, prepayments on loans and 
mortgage-backed securities remained high, causing the effective maturities of existing earning assets to shorten during 2013. During 
the year, management invested the excess funds, with an allocation towards municipal bonds and mortgage-backed securities. 

The computerized simulation techniques utilized by management provide a more sophisticated measure of the degree to which the 
Company’s interest sensitive assets and liabilities may be impacted by changes in the general level of interest rates. These analyses 
show the Company’s net interest income remaining relatively neutral within the economic and interest rate scenarios anticipated by 
management. As previously noted, the Company’s net interest margin has remained in the range of 3.19% to 3.72% over the past five 
years, a period characterized by significant shifts in the mix of earning assets and the direction and level of interest rates. The targeted 
Federal funds rate during that period ranged from a low of 0.00% to 4.25%, as Federal Reserve monetary policy turned from guarding 
against deflation to warding off inflationary threats to attempting to recover from a recession and softening the effects of the housing 
correction. 

LIQUIDITY 

The central role of the Company’s liquidity management is to (1) ensure sufficient liquid funds to meet the normal transaction 
requirements of its customers, (2) take advantage of market opportunities requiring flexibility and speed, and (3) provide a cushion 
against unforeseen liquidity needs. 

Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that the Company may not be able to satisfy current or future financial commitments or may 
become unduly reliant on alternative funding sources. The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the Company has the ability 
to fund balance sheet growth and meet deposit and debt obligations in a timely and cost-effective manner. Management monitors 
liquidity through a regular review of asset and liability maturities, funding sources, and loan and deposit forecasts. The Company 
maintains strategic and contingency liquidity plans to ensure sufficient available funding to satisfy requirements for balance sheet 
growth, properly manage of capital markets funding sources and address unexpected liquidity requirements. 

Principal sources of liquidity available to the Company include assets considered relatively liquid, such as interest-bearing deposits in 
other banks, federal funds sold, and cash and due from banks, as well as cash flows from maturities and repayments of loans, 
investment securities and mortgage-backed securities. 

Principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities along with investment securities maturing or called amounted to $39.2 million 
during 2013, representing 24.4% of the total combined portfolio, compared to $50.0 million, or 27.1%, of the portfolio a year ago. 

45

 
In order to address the concern of FDIC insurance of larger depositors, the Bank is a member of the Certificate of Deposit Account 
Registry Service (CDARS®) program and the Insured Cash Sweep (ICS) program. Through CDARS®, the Bank’s customers can 
increase their FDIC insurance by up to $50.0 million through reciprocal certificate of deposit accounts and likewise through ICS, they 
can accomplish the same through money market savings accounts. This is accomplished by the Bank entering into reciprocal 
depository relationships with other member banks. The individual customer’s large deposit is broken into amounts below $250,000 
and placed with other banks that are members of the network. The reciprocal member bank issues certificates of deposit or money 
market savings accounts in amounts that ensure that the entire deposit is eligible for FDIC insurance. At December 31, 2013, the Bank 
did not have any deposits in the CDARS® program, but had $3.0 million of deposits in the ICS money market program. For regulatory 
purposes, CDARS® and ICS are considered a brokered deposit even though reciprocal deposits are matched with funds from 
customers in the local market. 

Along with its liquid assets, the Bank has other sources of liquidity available to it which help to ensure that adequate funds are 
available as needed. These other sources include, but are not limited to, the ability to obtain deposits through the adjustment of interest 
rates, the purchasing of federal funds, correspondent bank lines of credit and access to the Federal Reserve Discount Window. The 
Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati, which provides its largest source of liquidity. At December 31, 
2013, the Bank had approximately $7.4 million available of collateral-based borrowing capacity at FHLB of Cincinnati, 
supplementing the $3.6 million of availability with the Federal Reserve Discount window. Additionally, the FHLB has committed a 
$26.7 million cash management line, of which nothing has been disbursed, subject to posting additional collateral. The Bank, by 
policy, has access to approximately 5% of total deposits in brokered certificates of deposit that could be used as an additional source 
of liquidity. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there was $3.0 million and $3.2 million, respectively, in outstanding balances in 
brokered certificates of deposit. The Company was also granted a total of $8.5 million in unsecured, discretionary Federal Funds lines 
of credit with no funds drawn upon as of December 31, 2013. Unpledged securities of $39.2 million are also available for borrowing 
under repurchase agreements or as additional collateral for FHLB lines of credit or to sell to generate liquidity. 

The Company has other more limited sources of liquidity. In addition to its existing liquid assets, it can raise funds in the securities 
market through debt or equity offerings or it can receive dividends from the Bank. Generally, the Bank may pay dividends without 
prior approval as long as the dividend is not more than the total of the current calendar year-to-date earnings plus any earnings from 
the previous two years not already paid out in dividends, as long as the Bank remains well-capitalized after the dividend payment. The 
amount available for dividends in 2014 is $4.3 million plus 2014 profits retained up to the date of the dividend declaration. Future 
dividend payments by the Bank to the Company are based upon future earnings. The Company had cash of $4.1 million at December 
31, 2013 available to meet cash needs. It also held a $6.0 million note receivable, the cash flow from which approximates the debt 
service on the Junior Subordinated Debentures. Cash is generally used by the Company to pay quarterly interest payments on the 
debentures, to pay dividends to common shareholders and to fund operating expenses. 

In May 2012, the Bank closed its North Bloomfield branch in an effort to consolidate it with the Bristol branch approximately five 
miles away. Any loss of deposits or customers did not have a material effect on liquidity or consolidated deposit totals. In November 
2013, the Bank closed its Middlefield branch due to its nominal asset size. In addition, total deposits at the Middlefield branch were 
less than 1% of total Bank deposits. The Bristol and Mantua branches are less than twenty miles away. Any loss of deposits or 
customers has not had a material effect on liquidity or consolidated deposit totals. 

46

Cash and cash equivalents decreased from $27.6 million in 2012 to $12.4 million in 2013. The following table details the cash flows 
from operating activities for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

Net income ............................................................................................................................. $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flow (deficit) from operating activities:

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,
2012

2011

2013

1,784

$

2,913

$

4,072

Depreciation, amortization and accretion.....................................................................
Provision for loan losses...............................................................................................
Investment securities gains...........................................................................................
Impairment losses on investment securities .................................................................
Other real estate losses .................................................................................................
Originations of mortgage banking loans held for sale..................................................
Proceeds from the sale of mortgage banking loans ......................................................
Net mortgage banking income .....................................................................................
Increase in trading account...........................................................................................
Proceeds from IRS refund ............................................................................................

3,221
650
(535)
1,954
25
(249,714)
275,305
(1,491)
(7,247)
933

3,060
3,020
(14)
171
35
(244,112)
222,075
(1,772)
—
—

Changes in:

Deferred tax expense (benefit)............................................................................
Prepaid FDIC assessment ...................................................................................
Bank-owned life insurance .................................................................................
Federal income tax receivable ............................................................................
Other assets and liabilities ..................................................................................

Net cash flow (deficit) from operating activities ................................................................... $

96
1,187
(477)
667
542
26,900

$

973
272
(510)
(1,719)
697
(14,911) $

2,411
1,196
(882)
202
113
(5,410)
4,887
(162)
—
1,400

(61)
647
(496)
—
339
8,256

Key variations stem from: 1) Provision for loan losses decreased by $2.4 million in 2013 from 2012.  $1.9 million of the provision in 
2012 related to the charge-off of a single credit. 2) Gains were recognized on the sale, call or maturity of investments of $535,000 
compared to $14,000 in the same period of 2012 due in part to odd-lot security sales. 3) Impairment losses of $171,000 were 
recognized in 2012 with $1,954,000 being recognized in 2013.  The losses in 2013 were due to regulatory changes mandated by the 
Volcker Rule. 6) In 2013, a refund of $933,000 was received from the IRS with a resulting decrease in federal income tax receivable. 
5) Loans held for sale decreased by $24.1 million in 2013 compared to an increase of $23.8 million in 2012 due to the impact of 
interest rates on activity of mortgage banking and the exit from wholesale operations in September 2013. 6) Included in the $1.2 
million change in the FDIC assessment is a refund of $1.1 million. 4) A purchase of trading securities was made in 2013 for $7.0 
million. Refer to the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in item 8 for a summary of the sources and uses of cash for 2013, 2012 
and 2011.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS 

The Corporation has various obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments that may require future cash payments. 

Contractual Obligations: The following table presents significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by 
payment date. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

Non-interest bearing deposits ...........................
Interest bearing deposits(a) ..............................
Average rate (b) ......................................
Certificates of deposit (a) .................................
Average rate (b) ......................................

Federal funds purchased and security 

repurchase agreements (a) ...........................
Average rate (b) ......................................
FHLB advances (a)...........................................
Average rate (b) ......................................
Subordinated debt.............................................
Average rate (b) ......................................
Operating leases ...............................................

See Note

5

5

6

6

7

8

One Year or
Less
89,905
226,803

$

0.12%

73,739

0.50%

3,804

0.60%

20,600

1.50%
—

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31, 2013
Payments Due in:
Three to Five
Years

Over Five
Years

One to Three
Years

$

— $
—

— $
—

— $
—

Total
89,905
226,803

0.12%

24,134

1.35%

7,684

2.43%

26,404

131,961

2.75%

1.22%

—

—

—

6,000

3.31%
—

16,000

4.12%
—

3,804
0.60%

42,600

2.74%
5,155
1.69%
702

—
—%

5,155

1.69%
44

185

278

195

Excludes present and future accrued interest. 

(a)
(b) Variable-rate obligations reflect interest rates in effect at December 31, 2013. 

The Company’s operating lease obligations represent short- and long-term lease and rental payments for the Bank’s branch facilities. 

The Company also has obligations under its supplemental retirement plans as described in Item 8, Note 9 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. The postretirement benefit payments represent actuarially-determined future benefit payments to eligible plan 
participants. The Corporation does not have any commitments or obligations to the defined contribution retirement plan (401(k) plan) 
at December 31, 2013 due to the funded status of the plan. Additional information regarding benefit plans can be found in Item 8, 
Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Off-balance sheet arrangements/commitments: The following table details the amounts and expected maturities of significant off-
balance sheet commitments. Additional information regarding commitments can be found in Item 8, Note 8 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31, 2013
Three to
Five
Years

Over Five
Years

One to
Three
Years

One Year
or Less

Commitments to extend credit:

Commercial (including commercial real estate)............. $
Residential real estate .....................................................
Revolving home equity...................................................
Overdraft protection .......................................................
Other ...............................................................................
Standby letters of credit..................................................

19,091
—
15,434
9,678
712
607

$

$

$

4,927
—
—
—
—
63

2,687
—
—
—
—
—

$

19,339
4,227
—
—
—
—

Total

46,044
4,227
15,434
9,678
712
670

Mortgage banking derivative commitments:

Interest rate lock commitments ................................................ $
Forward contracts for the future delivery of mortgage loans...

$

1,297
1,953

— $
—

— $
—

— $
—

1,297
1,953

Commitments to extend credit, including loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit do not 
necessarily represent future cash requirements since these commitments often expire without being drawn upon. 

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Regulatory standards for measuring capital adequacy require banks and bank holding companies to maintain capital based on “risk-
adjusted” assets so that categories of assets of potentially higher credit risk require more capital backing than assets with lower risk. In 
addition, banks and bank holding companies are required to maintain capital to support, on a risk-adjusted basis, certain off-balance 
sheet activities such as standby letters of credit and interest rate swaps. 

The risk-based standards classify capital into two tiers. Tier 1 capital consists of common shareholders’ equity, noncumulative and 
cumulative perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities and minority interests less intangibles, disallowed deferred 
tax assets and the unrealized market value adjustment of investment securities available-for-sale. Tier 2 capital consists of a limited 
amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses, perpetual preferred stock (not included in Tier 1), hybrid capital instruments, term 
subordinated debt, and intermediate-term preferred stock. 

The FFIEC determines the risk weightings of direct credit substitutions that have been downgraded below investment grade. Included 
in the definition of a direct credit substitute are mezzanine and subordinated tranches of trust preferred securities and non-agency 
collateralized mortgage obligations. Following these guidelines results in an increase in total risk-weighted assets with an attendant 
decrease in the risk-based capital and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios. 

As a result of the decline in the value of the Bank’s trust preferred securities, the regulatory capital levels of the Bank are lower than 
otherwise would be. As a result of investment downgrades by the rating agencies, all of the 12 trust preferred securities were rated as 
“highly speculative grade” debt securities. As a consequence, the Bank is required to maintain higher levels of regulatory risk-based 
capital for these securities due to the greater perceived risk of default by the underlying bank and insurance company issuers. 
Specifically, regulatory guidance requires the Bank to apply a higher “risk weighting formula” for these securities to calculate its 
regulatory capital ratios. The result of that calculation increases the Bank’s risk-weighted assets for these securities to $45.7 million, 
well above the $11.9 million in amortized cost of these securities as of December 31, 2013, thereby significantly diluting the risk-
based capital ratios by approximately 1.26% for December 31, 2013 compared to 1.58% for December 31, 2012. 

Regardless of the trust preferred securities risk weighting, the Company met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject 
as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, as supported by the data in the following table. As of those dates, the Company met 
the capital requirements to be deemed “well capitalized” under regulatory prompt corrective action provisions. 

Actual Regulatory Capital
Ratios as of:

Regulatory Capital Ratio
requirements to be:

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

Well
Capitalized

Adequately
Capitalized

Total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets...........................
Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets............................................
Tier I capital to average assets .....................................................

14.19%
13.26%
10.35%   

14.10%
13.15%

9.63%   

10.00%
6.00%
5.00%   

8.00%
4.00%
4.00% 

Risk-based capital standards require a minimum ratio of 8.00% of qualifying total capital to risk-adjusted total assets with at least 4.00% 
constituting Tier 1 capital. Capital qualifying as Tier 2 capital is limited to 100.00% of Tier 1 capital. All banks and bank holding 
companies are also required to maintain a minimum leverage capital ratio (Tier 1 capital to total average assets) in the range of 3.00% to 
4.00%, subject to regulatory guidelines. Capital ratios remain within regulatory minimums for “well capitalized” financial institutions. 

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA) requires banking regulatory agencies to revise risk-
based capital standards to ensure that they adequately account for the following additional risks: interest rate, concentration of credit, 
and non- traditional activities. Accordingly, regulators will subjectively consider an institution’s exposure to declines in the economic 
value of its capital due to changes in interest rates in evaluating capital adequacy. The following table illustrates the Company’s 
components of risk weighted capital ratios and the excess over amounts considered well-capitalized at December 31, 2013 and 
December 31, 2012. Management considers these excesses to be adequate with regard to the risks inherent in the balance sheet.

Tier 1 Capital ..................................................................................... $
Tier 2 Capital .....................................................................................
QUALIFYING CAPITAL................................................................. $
Risk-Adjusted Total Assets (*).......................................................... $
Tier 1 Risk- Based Capital Excess .................................................... $
Total Risk- Based Capital Excess......................................................
Total Leverage Capital Excess ..........................................................

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,

2013

2012

$

54,927
3,847 
58,774  $
414,230  $
30,073  $
17,351
27,883

53,996
3,909
57,905
410,773
29,350
16,828
25,966

(*)

Includes off-balance sheet exposures 

Total assets for leverage capital purposes is calculated as average assets less disallowed deferred tax assets and the net unrealized 
market value adjustment of investment securities available-for-sale, which averaged $530.9 million and $560.6 million for the quarters 
ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. 

Regulations require that investments designated as available-for-sale are marked-to-market with corresponding entries to the deferred 
tax account and shareholders’ equity. Regulatory agencies, however, exclude these adjustments in computing risk-based capital, as 
their inclusion would tend to increase the volatility of this important measure of capital adequacy. 

In early September 2013, the regulatory bodies substantially revised the capital requirements for all banks, varying with the size of the 
institution. The new requirements are to be phased in over four years beginning in 2015. The Company is awaiting further clarification 
and interpretation of the rules before it can assess the future effect on capital. 

Additional information regarding regulatory matters can be found in Item 8, Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

INTEREST RATE RISK 

Interest rate risk is measured as the impact of interest rate changes on the Company’s net interest income. Components of interest rate 
risk comprise re-pricing risk, basis risk and yield curve risk. Re-pricing risk arises due to timing differences in the re-pricing of assets 
and liabilities as interest rate changes occur. Basis risk occurs when re-pricing assets and liabilities reference different key rates. Yield 
curve risk arises when a shift occurs in the relationship among key rates across the maturity spectrum. 

The effective management of interest rate risk seeks to limit the adverse impact of interest rate changes on the Company’s net interest 
margin, providing the Company with the best opportunity for maintaining consistent earnings growth. Toward this end, management 
uses computer simulation to model the Company’s financial performance under varying interest rate scenarios. These scenarios may 
reflect changes in the level of interest rates, changes in the shape of the yield curve, and changes in interest rate relationships. 

The simulation model allows management to test and evaluate alternative responses to a changing interest rate environment. Typically 
when confronted with a heightened risk of rising interest rates, the Company will evaluate strategies that shorten investment and loan 
re-pricing intervals and maturities, emphasize the acquisition of floating rate over fixed rate assets, and lengthen the maturities of 
liability funding sources. When the risk of falling rates is perceived, management will consider strategies that shorten the maturities of 
funding sources, lengthen the re-pricing intervals and maturities of investments and loans, and emphasize the acquisition of fixed rate 
assets over floating rate assets. The Company does not currently use financial derivatives, such as interest rate options, swaps, caps, 
floors or other similar instruments. 

Run-off rate assumptions for loans are based on the consensus speeds for the various loan types. Investment speeds are based on the 
characteristics of each individual investment. Re-pricing characteristics are based upon actual information obtained from the Bank’s 
information system data and other related programs. Actual results may differ from simulated results not only due to the timing, 
magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, but also due to changes in general economic conditions, changes in customer 
preferences and behavior, and changes in strategies by both existing and potential competitors. 

50

 
 
 
 
   
 
The following table shows the Company’s current estimate of interest rate sensitivity based on the composition of its balance sheet at 
December 31, 2013. For purposes of this analysis, short-term interest rates as measured by the federal funds rate and the prime lending 
rate are assumed to increase (decrease) gradually over the next twelve months reaching a level 300 basis points higher (and 100 basis 
points lower) than the rates in effect at December 31, 2013. Because rates on the short end of the curve are below 3%, it is not 
practical to review results to the degree of 300 basis points lower. Under both the rising rate scenario and the falling rate scenario, the 
yield curve is assumed to exhibit a parallel shift. 

During 2013, the Federal Reserve kept its target rate for overnight federal funds constant. At December 31, 2013, the difference 
between the yield on the ten-year Treasury and the three-month Treasury had increased to a positive 297 from the positive 173 basis 
points that existed at December 31, 2012, indicating that the yield curve had become more steeply upward sloping. At December 31, 
2013, rates peaked at the 30-year point on the Treasury yield curve. The yield curve remains positively sloping as interest rates 
continue to increase with a lengthening of maturities, with rates peaking at the long-end of the Treasury yield curve. 

The base case against which interest rate sensitivity is measured assumes no change in short-term rates. The base case also assumes no 
growth in assets and liabilities and no change in asset or liability mix. Under these simulated conditions, the base case projects net 
interest income of $18.1 million for the year ending December 31, 2014. 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31, 2014

Net Interest
Income

$ Change

     % Change

Change in interest rates:

Graduated increase of +300 basis points .................. $
Short-term rates unchanged (base case)....................
Graduated decrease of -100 basis points...................

19,198
18,089
17,319

$

1,109

         6.1 %

(770)

(4.3)%

The level of interest rate risk indicated is within limits that management considers acceptable. However, given that interest rate 
movements can be sudden and unanticipated and are increasingly influenced by global events and circumstances beyond the purview 
of the Federal Reserve, no assurances can be made that interest rate movements will not impact key assumptions and parameters in a 
manner not presently embodied by the model. 

It is management’s opinion that hedging instruments currently available are not a cost effective means of controlling interest rate risk 
for the Company. Accordingly, the Company does not currently use financial derivatives, such as interest rate options, swaps, caps, 
floors or other similar instruments. 

IMPACT OF INFLATION 

Consolidated financial information included herein has been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles, which require the Company to measure financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars. Changes in 
the relative value of money due to inflation are generally not considered. Neither the price, timing nor magnitude of changes directly 
coincides with changes in interest rates. 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Not applicable to the Company because it is a smaller 
reporting company. 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report:

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting ....................................................................
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ................................................................................................
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.......................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011..........................................
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011................
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011....................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 ...................................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ........................................................................................................................

52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59-97

51

 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as 
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed 
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external 
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

A material weakness is a significant deficiency (as defined in Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard No. 5), 
or a combination of significant deficiencies, that results in there being more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of 
the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by management or employees in the 
normal course of performing their assigned functions. 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In 
making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (COSO) 1992 Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of 
December 31, 2013, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective. 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding 
internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered 
public accounting firm pursuant to a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act which eliminates such requirements for “smaller reporting 
companies” as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission regulations. 

James M. Gasior
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

   David J. Lucido

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Cortland, Ohio
March 28, 2014

Cortland, Ohio
   March 28, 2014

52

 
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Cortland Bancorp 
Cortland, Ohio 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 
2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Cortland 
Bancorp’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement. Cortland Bancorp is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over 
financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of Cortland 
Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a 
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each 
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

S.R. Snodgrass, P.C. 
Wexford, Pennsylvania
March 28, 2014

53

 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(Amounts in thousands, except share data) 

ASSETS

Cash and due from banks....................................................................................................................... $
Interest-earning deposits and other earning assets ................................................................................
Total cash and cash equivalents ...................................................................................................
Investment securities available-for-sale (Note 2) ..................................................................................
Trading securities (Note 2) ....................................................................................................................
Loans held for sale.................................................................................................................................
Total loans (Note 3) ...............................................................................................................................
Less allowance for loan losses (Note 3) ................................................................................................
Net loans ......................................................................................................................................
Premises and equipment ........................................................................................................................
Bank-owned life insurance ....................................................................................................................
Other assets............................................................................................................................................

Total assets ........................................................................................................................ $

LIABILITIES

Noninterest-bearing deposits ................................................................................................................. $
Interest-bearing deposits (Note 5) .........................................................................................................
Total deposits...............................................................................................................................
Short-term borrowings...........................................................................................................................
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term (Note 6) ....................................................................
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term (Note 6) .....................................................................
Subordinated debt (Note 7)....................................................................................................................
Other liabilities ......................................................................................................................................
Total liabilities ..................................................................................................................

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

December 31,

2013

2012

$

$

$

8,271
4,125
12,396
160,886
7,247
656
346,833
(3,764)
343,069
6,676
15,049
10,939
556,918

89,905
358,764
448,669
3,804
20,600
22,000
5,155
7,155
507,383

18,538
9,039
27,577
184,646
— 
24,756
317,282
(3,825)
313,457
6,565
14,009
11,230
582,240

91,675
385,226
476,901
4,051
7,500
34,500
5,155
4,681
532,788

Common stock - $5.00 stated value - authorized 20,000,000 shares; issued 4,728,267 shares in ........
2013 and 2012; outstanding shares, 4,527,849 in 2013 and 4,525,518 in 2012 (Note 1) .....................
Additional paid-in capital (Note 1)........................................................................................................
Retained earnings ..................................................................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 1)..................................................................................
Treasury stock, at cost, 200,418 shares in 2013 and 202,749 shares in 2012 .......................................
Total shareholders’ equity (Note 15) ..............................................................................
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity ....................................................................... $

23,641
20,833
11,502
(2,888)
(3,553)
49,535
556,918

$

23,641
20,850
10,262
(1,707)
(3,594)
49,452
582,240

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

54

 
 
 
 
    
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

For the year ended December 31,
2012

2013

2011

INTEREST INCOME

Interest and fees on loans...............................................................................................$
Interest and dividends on investment securities:

Taxable interest ....................................................................................................
Nontaxable interest ..............................................................................................
Dividends .............................................................................................................
Other interest income.....................................................................................................
Total interest income ..................................................................................

INTEREST EXPENSE

Deposits .........................................................................................................................
Other short-term borrowings .........................................................................................
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term...........................................................
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term ...........................................................
Subordinated debt ..........................................................................................................
Total interest expense .................................................................................
Net interest income ...........................................................................
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES (Note 3) .....................................................................
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES. ....................
NON-INTEREST INCOME

Fees for customer services.............................................................................................
Investment securities gains - net ....................................................................................
Impairment losses on investment securities:

Total other-than-temporary impairment gains (losses) ..............................
Portion of gains recognized in other comprehensive income (before tax) .
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings..................................
Mortgage banking gains.................................................................................................
Other real estate losses - net ..........................................................................................
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance.........................................................................
Other non-interest income . ...........................................................................................
Total non-interest income ..........................................................................

NON-INTEREST EXPENSES

Salaries and employee benefits......................................................................................
Net occupancy and equipment expense.........................................................................
State and local taxes.......................................................................................................
FDIC insurance expense ................................................................................................
Professional fees ............................................................................................................
Loss on partnership........................................................................................................
Other operating expenses...............................................................................................
Total non-interest expenses..................................................................................
INCOME BEFORE FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT) ......................
Federal income tax expense (benefit) (Note 10)............................................................

NET INCOME.......................................................................................................................$

EARNINGS PER SHARE, BOTH BASIC AND DILUTED (Note 1)..............................$
CASH DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER SHARE ...............................................................$

15,993

$

16,260

$

15,264

2,498
1,408
131
30
20,060

2,102
3
135
1,074
90
3,404
16,656
650
16,006

1,935
535

1,641
(3,595)
(1,954)
1,491
(25)
477
439
2,898

9,844
1,896
555
391
806
—
3,540
17,032
1,872
88
1,784

0.39
0.12

$

$
$

3,174
1,411
139
31
21,015

2,698
5
79
1,189
100
4,071
16,944
3,020
13,924

2,041
14

(35)
(136)
(171)
1,772
(35)
510
188
4,319

8,706
1,794
497
297
801
444
2,949
15,488
2,755
(158)
2,913

0.64
0.03

$

$
$

4,241
1,421
133
51
21,110

3,293
5
95
1,247
92
4,732
16,378
1,196
15,182

2,229
882

(141)
(61)
(202)
162
(113)
496
104
3,558

7,366
1,734
465
673
761
— 
2,476
13,475
5,265
1,193
4,072

0.90
— 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

55

 
 
 
 
    
   
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(Amounts in thousands) 

For the year ended December 31,
2012

2013

2011

Net income ............................................................................................................................. $
Other comprehensive (loss) income:

1,784

$

2,913

$

4,072

Securities available for sale:

Unrealized holding (gains) losses on available-for-sale securities .....................
Tax effect ............................................................................................................
Reclassification adjustment for other-than-temporary impairment losses on 

debt securities .................................................................................................
Tax effect ............................................................................................................
Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income .......................
Tax effect ............................................................................................................
Total securities available for sale ..............................................................
Change in post-retirement obligations .....................................................................
Total other comprehensive (loss) income..................................................

Total comprehensive income ........................................................... $

(3,166)
1,076

1,954
(664)
(535)
182
(1,153)
(28)
(1,181)
603

$

1,292
(439)

171
(58)
(14)
4
956
— 
956
3,869

$

370
(126)

202
(69)
(882)
300
(205)
— 
(205)
3,867

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

56

 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

Common Stock   

Additional Paid-
in Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Gain (Loss)

    Treasury Stock    

Total Shareholders’
Equity

Balance at December 31, 2010 ...................... $
Net income .......................................................
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax...............
Balance at December 31, 2011 ......................
Net income .......................................................
Other comprehensive income, net of tax .........
Cash dividend declared ($0.03 per share)........
Balance at December 31, 2012 ......................
Net income .......................................................
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax...............
Cash dividend declared ($0.12 per share)........
Treasury shares reissued (2,333 shares) ..........
Balance at December 31, 2013 ...................... $

23,641 $
— 
— 
23,641
— 
— 
— 
23,641
—
—
—
—
23,641 $

20,850 $
— 
— 
20,850
— 
— 
— 
20,850
—
—
—
(17)

3,413 $
4,072
— 
7,485
2,913
— 
(136)
10,262
1,784
—
(544)
—

20,833 $ 11,502 $

(2,458) $
— 
(205)
(2,663)
— 
956
— 
(1,707)
—
(1,181)
—
—
(2,888) $

(3,594) $
— 
— 
(3,594)
— 
— 
— 
(3,594)
—
—
—
41
(3,553) $

41,852
4,072
(205)
45,719
2,913
956
(136)
49,452
1,784
(1,181)
(544)
24
49,535

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

57

 
 
    
   
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(Amounts in thousands) 

For the year ended December 31,
2012

2011

2013

Net cash flow (deficit) from operating activities

Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows (deficit) from operating 

$

1,784

$

2,913

$

4,072

activities:
Depreciation, amortization and accretion...................................................................
Provision for loan loss................................................................................................
Deferred tax expense (benefit) ...................................................................................
Investment securities gains.........................................................................................
Impairment losses on investment securities ...............................................................
Other real estate losses ...............................................................................................
Originations of mortgage loans held for sale .............................................................
Proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans..................................................................
Net mortgage banking income ...................................................................................
Increase in trading account.........................................................................................
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance .....................................................................
Proceeds from IRS refund ..........................................................................................
Changes in:

Interest receivable................................................................................................
Interest payable....................................................................................................
Prepaid FDIC assessment ....................................................................................
Federal income tax receivable .............................................................................
Other assets and liabilities ...................................................................................
Net cash flow (deficit) from operating activities ..........................................

Cash deficit from investing activities

Purchases of available-for-sale securities ..................................................................
Proceeds from sale of securities .................................................................................
Proceeds from call, maturity and principal payments on securities...........................
Net increase in loans made to customers ...................................................................
Proceeds from sale of other real estate.......................................................................
Proceeds from sale of premise and equipment...........................................................
Purchases of bank-owned life insurance ....................................................................
Purchases of premises and equipment........................................................................
Net cash deficit from investing activities......................................................

Cash (deficit) flow from financing activities

Net (decrease) increase in deposit accounts ...............................................................
Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances..................................................
Net proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank............................................................
Net decrease in short-term borrowings ......................................................................
Dividends paid............................................................................................................
Treasury shares reissued.............................................................................................
Net cash (deficit) flow from financing activities ..........................................
Net change in cash and cash equivalents.............................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents

3,221
650
96
(535)
1,954
25
(249,714)
275,305
(1,491)
(7,247)
(477)
933

90
(69)
1,187
667
521
26,900

(50,377)
29,338
39,126
(30,496)
321
14
(714)
(894)
(13,682)

(28,232)
(2,500)
3,100
(247)
(544)
24
(28,399)
(15,181)

3,060
3,020
973
(14)
171
35
(244,112)
222,075
(1,772)
—
(510)
—

154
(81)
272
(1,719)
624
(14,911)

(71,540)
24,796
46,884
(30,509)
327
—
(694)
(730)
(31,466)

54,136
(1,500)
6,000
(722)
(136)
— 
57,778
11,401

Beginning of period....................................................................................................
End of period..............................................................................................................$

27,577
12,396

$

16,176
27,577

Supplemental disclosures:

Cash paid during the period for:.................................................................................
Income taxes ........................................................................................................$
Interest .................................................................................................................$
Transfer of loans to other real estate owned........................................................$

— $
$
$

3,473
234

400
4,152
70

$

$
$
$

2,411
1,196
(61)
(882)
202
113
(5,410)
4,887
(162)
—
(496)
1,400

205
(94)
647
— 
228
8,256

(57,746)
14,458
44,370
(24,636)
378
—
— 
(336)
(23,512)

31,256
(23,500)
8,000
(128)
— 
— 
15,628
372

15,804
16,176

1,490
4,826
80

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

58

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The accounting and financial reporting policies of Cortland Bancorp, and its bank subsidiary, The Cortland Savings and Banking 
Company, reflect banking industry practices and conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A summary of the 
significant accounting policies followed by the Company in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements is 
set forth below. 

Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Cortland Bancorp (the Company) and its 
wholly-owned subsidiaries, The Cortland Savings and Banking Company (the Bank), CSB Mortgage Company, Inc. and New 
Resources Leasing Co. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. 

Industry Segment Information: The Company and its subsidiaries operate in the domestic banking industry which accounts for 
substantially all of the Company’s assets, revenues and operating income. The Company, through the Bank, grants residential, 
consumer, and commercial loans and offers a variety of saving plans to customers located primarily in the Northeastern Ohio and 
Western Pennsylvania area. Based on the analysis performed by the Company, management has determined that the Company only 
has one operating segment, which is commercial banking. The chief operating decision-makers use consolidated results to make 
operating and strategic decisions, and therefore are not required to disclose any additional segment information. 

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the 
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Cash Flow: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and amounts due from banks, both interest and non-interest bearing, but 
excludes the liquid portion of the securities trading account. The Company reports net cash flows for customer loan transactions, 
deposit transactions and deposits made with other financial institutions. 

Investment Securities: Investments in debt and equity securities are classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. 
Securities classified as held-to-maturity are those that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Securities 
classified as available-for-sale are those that could be sold for liquidity, investment management, or similar reasons, even though 
management has no present intentions to do so. Securities classified as trading are those that management has bought principally for 
the purpose of selling in the near term. The Company currently has no securities classified as held-to-maturity. 

Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded as a separate component of 
shareholders’ equity, net of tax. Realized gains or losses on dispositions are based on net proceeds and the adjusted carrying amount of 
securities sold, using the specific identification method. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount and is 
amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating payments, except for U.S. Government mortgage-backed and related 
securities where twelve months of historical prepayments are taken into consideration. Trading securities are carried at fair value with 
valuation adjustments included in other non-interest income. 

Other-than-Temporary Investment Security Impairment: Securities are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in value 
is other-than-temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, along with the reasons 
underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other-than-temporary. The term “other-than-temporary” is not 
intended to indicate that the decline in value is permanent, but indicates that the prospect for a near-term recovery of value is not 
necessarily favorable and that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the 
investment. Unrealized losses on available-for-sale investments have not been recognized into income. However, once a decline in 
value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the credit related other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) is recognized in earnings 
while the non-credit related OTTI on securities not expected to be sold is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). 
Unrealized losses on trading securities are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income. 

59

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Loans: Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding net of the unamortized balance of deferred loan origination fees and costs. 
Deferred loan origination fees and costs are amortized as an adjustment to the related loan yield over the contractual life using the 
level-yield method. Interest income on loans is accrued over the term of the loans based on the amount of principal outstanding. The 
accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management determines that the collection of interest is doubtful. Generally a loan 
is placed on non-accrual status once the borrower is 90 days past due on payments, or whenever sufficient information is received to 
question the collectability of the loan or any time legal proceedings are initiated involving a loan. Interest income accrued up to the 
date a loan is placed on non-accrual is reversed through interest income. Cash payments received while a loan is classified as non-
accrual are recorded as a reduction to principal or reported as interest income according to management’s judgment as to the 
collectability of principal. A loan is returned to accrual status when either all of the principal and interest amounts contractually due 
are brought current and future payments are, in management’s judgment, collectable, or when it otherwise becomes well secured and 
in the process of collection. When a loan is charged-off, any interest accrued but not collected on the loan is charged against earnings. 
The same treatment is applied to impaired loans, which means that it is probable that all amounts will not be collected according to the 
contractual terms of the loan agreement.

Loans Held for Sale: The Company originates certain residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary mortgage loan market. The 
Company concurrently sells the rights to service the related loans. These loans are classified as loans held for sale, and carried at the 
estimated fair value based on secondary market prices. Adjustments to the fair value of loans held for sale are included in “mortgage 
banking gains” in the consolidated statements of income. Deferred fees and costs related to loans held for sale are not amortized, but 
included in the cost basis at the time of sale. 

Allowance for Loan Losses (ALLL) and Allowance for Losses on Lending Related Commitments: Management establishes the 
allowance for loan losses based upon its evaluation of the pertinent factors underlying the types and quality of loans in the portfolio. 
Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are reviewed on a regular basis with a focus on larger loans, along with loans 
which have experienced past payment or financial deficiencies. Larger commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are 
evaluated for impairment in accordance with the Bank’s loan review policy. These loans are analyzed to determine if they are 
impaired. All loans that are delinquent 90 days and are placed on non-accrual status are evaluated on an individual basis. Allowances 
for loan losses on impaired loans are determined using the estimated future cash flows of the loan, discounted to their present value 
using the loan’s effective interest rate, or in most cases, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral. If the analysis indicates a 
collection shortfall, a specific reserve is allocated to loans on an individual basis which are reviewed for impairment. The remaining 
loans are evaluated and classified as groups of loans with similar risk characteristics. 

Estimating the risk of loss and the amount of loss on any loan is necessarily subjective. Accordingly, the allowance is maintained by 
management at a level considered adequate to cover possible losses that are currently anticipated. Estimates of credit losses should 
reflect consideration of all significant factors that affect collectability of the portfolio. While historical loss experience provides a 
reasonable starting point, historical losses, or even recent trends in losses are not, by themselves, a sufficient basis to determine the 
appropriate level for the ALLL. Management will also consider any factors that are likely to cause estimated credit losses associated 
with the Bank’s current portfolio to differ from historical loss experience. Factors include, but are not limited to, changes in lending 
policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection, charge-offs, and recovery practices; changes in economic 
trends; changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio; changes in the experience and ability of lending management and the depth 
of staff; changes in the trend, volume and severity of past-due and classified loans, and trends in the volume of non-accrual loans; the 
existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations; levels and trends in classification; 
declining trends in performance; structure and lack of performance measures and migration between risk classifications. 

Key risk factors and assumptions are updated to reflect actual experience and changing circumstances. While management may 
periodically allocate portions of the ALLL for specific problem loans, the entire ALLL is available for any charge-offs that occur. 

Certain collateral dependent loans are evaluated individually for impairment, based on management’s best estimate of discounted cash 
repayments and the anticipated proceeds from liquidating collateral. The actual timing and amount of repayments and the ultimate 
realizable value of the collateral may differ from management’s estimates. 

The expected loss for certain other commercial credits utilizes internal risk ratings. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in the 
customer’s risk profile, the realizable value of collateral, other risk factors and the related loss experience of other credits of similar 
risk. Consumer credits generally employ statistical loss factors, adjusted for other risk indicators, applied to pools of similar loans 
stratified by asset type. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in delinquency status and shifts in the aggregate risk profile. 

60

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company maintains an allowance for losses on unfunded commercial lending commitments to provide for the risk of loss inherent 
in these arrangements. The allowance is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan 
losses. This allowance is reported as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet within other liabilities, while the corresponding 
provision for these losses is recorded as a component of other operating expense. 

Loan Charge-off Policies: Consumer loans are generally fully or partially charged down to the fair value of collateral securing the 
asset prior to the loan becoming 180 days past due, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. All other loans are 
generally charged down to the net realizable value when the loan is 90 days past due. 

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR): A loan is classified as a TDR when management grants a concession for other than an 
insignificant period of time to the borrower that would not otherwise be considered, except in situations of economic difficulties. 
Management strives to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and work with them to modify to more affordable terms before 
their loan reaches non-accrual status. These modified terms may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, payment forbearance 
and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of the collateral. In cases where 
borrowers are granted new terms that provide for a reduction of either interest or principal, management measures any impairment on 
the restructuring as noted above for impaired loans. In addition to the allowance for the pooled portfolios, management has developed 
a separate allowance for loans that are identified as impaired through a TDR. These loans are excluded from pooled loss forecasts and 
a separate reserve is provided under the accounting guidance for loan impairment. 

Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. 
Depreciation is computed generally on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives (5 to 40 years) of the various assets. 
Maintenance and repairs are expensed and major improvements are capitalized. 

Other Real Estate: Real estate acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is included in other assets on the 
consolidated balance sheets. Such real estate is carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any reduction 
from the carrying value of the related loan to fair value at the time of acquisition is accounted for as a loan loss. Any subsequent 
reduction in fair market value is reflected as a valuation allowance through a charge to income. Costs of significant property 
improvements are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding and maintaining the property are charged to expense. 

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance: Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) represents life insurance on the lives of certain Company 
employees, officers and directors who have provided positive consent allowing the Company to be the co-beneficiary of such policies. 
Since the Company is the owner of the insurance policies, increases in the cash value of the policies, as well as its share of insurance 
proceeds received, are recorded in noninterest income, and are not subject to income taxes. The cash surrender value of the policies is 
included on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company reviews the financial strength of the insurance carriers prior to the 
purchase of BOLI and quarterly thereafter. The amount of BOLI with any individual carrier is limited to 15% of Tier I Capital. The 
Company has purchased BOLI to provide a long-term asset to offset long-term benefit liabilities, while generating competitive 
investment yields. 

Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangement: The Company maintains a liability for the death benefit promised under split-
dollar life insurance arrangements. 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities: To mitigate interest rate risk associated with commitments made to borrowers for 
mortgage loans that have not yet closed and that are intended for sale in the secondary markets, the Company may enter into 
commitments to sell loans or mortgage-backed securities, considered to be derivatives, to limit exposure to potential movements in 
market interest rates. The Company also enters into contracts for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans when interest rate 
locks are entered into in order to economically hedge potential adverse effects of changes in interest rates. These contracts are also 
derivative instruments. All derivative instruments are recognized as either other assets or other liabilities at fair value in the 
consolidated balance sheets. Gains or losses are recorded as part of mortgage banking gains on the Consolidated Statements of 
Income. 

Advertising: The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense was $240,000 in 2013, $191,000 in 2012 and 
$114,000 in 2011.

Income Taxes: A deferred tax liability or asset is determined at each balance sheet date. It is measured by applying currently enacted 
tax laws to future amounts that result from differences in the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities. 

61

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss): Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the Company is comprised of unrealized 
holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax, and post-retirement obligations.

Per Share Amounts: Basic and diluted earnings per common share are based on weighted average shares outstanding. 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share: 

Net income (amounts in thousands).................................... $
Weighted average common shares outstanding..................
Basic earnings per common share....................................... $
Diluted earnings per common share ................................... $

1,784
4,527,350
0.39
0.39

$

$
$

2,913
4,525,524
0.64
0.64

$

$
$

4,072
4,525,538
0.90
0.90

Years Ended December 31,
2012

2013

2011

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to 
make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the 
exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are 
funded. 

Reclassifications: Certain items in the financial statements for 2012 and 2011 have been reclassified to conform to the 2013 
presentation. 

Authoritative Accounting Guidance: 

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The amendments in this update require an entity to report the effect of significant 
reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being 
reclassified is required under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. For 
other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an 
entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. 
For public entities, the amendments are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. For 
nonpublic entities, the amendments are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. Disclosure 
can be found in Note 12. 

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-10, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate 
(or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes. The amendments in this update permit 
the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (OIS) to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes under Topic 
815, in addition to UST and LIBOR. The amendments also remove the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar 
hedges. The amendments are effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after 
July 17, 2013. The Company does not expect this ASU to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of 
operations. 

62

 
 
 
 
    
    
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net 
Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. This update applies to all entities that have 
unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting 
date. An unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a 
reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except as follows. 
To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date 
under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax 
position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the 
deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and 
should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The assessment of whether a deferred tax asset is available is based on the 
unrecognized tax benefit and deferred tax asset that exist at the reporting date and should be made presuming disallowance of the tax 
position at the reporting date. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, 
beginning after December 15, 2013. For nonpublic entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within 
those years, beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments should be applied prospectively to all 
unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. Retrospective application is permitted. The Company does not expect this 
ASU to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In  January  2014,  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-01,  Investments  –  Equity  Method  and  Join  Ventures  (Topic  323):  Accounting  for 
Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.  The amendments in this update permit reporting entities to make an accounting 
policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if 
certain  conditions  are  met.  Under  the  proportional  amortization  method,  an  entity  amortizes  the  initial  cost  of  the  investment  in 
proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as 
a  component  of  income  tax  expense  (benefit).   The  amendments  in  this  update  should  be  applied  retrospectively  to  all  periods 
presented. A reporting entity that uses the effective yield method to account for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects 
before the date of adoption may continue to apply the effective yield method for those preexisting investments. The amendments in 
this  update  are  effective  for  public  business  entities  for  annual  periods  and  interim  reporting  periods  within  those  annual  periods, 
beginning  after  December  15,  2014.   Early  adoption  is  permitted.  This  ASU  is  not  expected  to  have  a  significant  impact  on  the 
Company’s financial statements.

In  January  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-04,  Receivables  –  Troubled  Debt  Restructurings  by  Creditors  (Subtopic  310-40): 
Reclassification  of  Residential  Real  Estate  Collateralized  Consumer  Mortgage  Loans  upon  Foreclosure.  The  amendments  in  this 
update  clarify  that  an  in  substance  repossession  or  foreclosure  occurs,  and  a  creditor  is  considered  to  have  received  physical 
possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title 
to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real 
estate  property  to  the  creditor  to  satisfy  that  loan  through  completion  of  a  deed  in  lieu  of  foreclosure  or  through  a  similar  legal 
agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real 
estate  property  held  by  the  creditor  and  (2)  the  recorded  investment  in  consumer  mortgage  loans  collateralized  by  residential  real 
estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments in 
this  update  are  effective  for  public  business  entities  for  annual  periods,  and  interim  periods  within  those  annual  periods,  beginning 
after December 15, 2014. An entity can elect to adopt the amendments in this update using either a modified retrospective transition 
method  or  a  prospective  transition  method.  This  ASU  is  not  expected  to  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  Company’s  financial 
statements.

63

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES 

The following is a summary of investment securities: 

December 31, 2013
U.S. Treasury securities .................................................................. $
U.S. Government agencies and corporations..................................
Obligations of states and political subdivisions..............................
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities..............
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations .
Trust preferred securities ................................................................
Total debt securities ..............................................................
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock........................................
Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) stock ................................................
Total regulatory stock ...........................................................

Total investment securities available-for-sale ............. $

December 31, 2012
U.S. Treasury securities ................................................................. $
U.S. Government agencies and corporations .................................
Obligations of states and political subdivisions .............................
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities .............
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations.
Trust preferred securities................................................................
Total debt securities ..............................................................
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock .......................................
Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) stock ................................................
Total regulatory stock ...........................................................

Total investment securities available-for-sale ............ $

(Amounts in thousands)
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Unrealized
Losses
Gains

     Fair Value

$

$

$

$

5
—
467
644
105
—
1,221
—
—
—
1,221

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

10
27
1,973
2,071
300
—
4,381
—
—
—
4,381

$

$

$

$

— $
312
1,507
1,877
140
1,718
5,554
—
—
—
5,554

$

112
8,947
43,535
78,022
17,085
10,136
157,837
2,823
226
3,049
160,886

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

     Fair Value

— $
—
31
590
75
6,271
6,967
—
—
—
6,967

$

123
8,065
42,316
92,339
31,142
7,612
181,597
2,823
226
3,049
184,646

Amortized
Cost

107
9,259
44,575
79,255
17,120
11,854
162,170
2,823
226
3,049
165,219

Amortized
Cost

113
8,038
40,374
90,858
30,917
13,883
184,183
2,823
226
3,049
187,232

The regulatory stock is carried at cost and the Company is required to hold such investments as a condition of membership in order to 
transact business with the FHLB of Cincinnati and the FRB. 

The Bank is required to maintain a minimum investment in stock of the FHLB and FRB. The stock is bought from and sold based 
upon its par value. The stock does not have a readily determinable fair value and as such is classified as restricted stock, carried at cost 
and evaluated by management. The stock’s value is determined by the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by 
recognizing temporary declines. The determination of whether the par value will ultimately be recovered is influenced by criteria such 
as the following: (a) the significance of the decline in net assets of the FHLB and FRB as compared to the capital stock amount and 
the length of time this situation has persisted, (b) commitments by the FHLB and FRB to make payments required by law or 
regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance, (c) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes 
on the customer base of the FHLB and FRB and (d) the liquidity position of the FHLB and FRB. 

Held at December 31, 2013, trading securities of $7.2 million are an investment in obligations of states and political subdivisions and 
include cash equivalent investments for trading liquidity. None were held at December 31, 2012. Unrealized gains and losses on 
trading securities at December 31, 2013 were $51,800 and $3,200, respectively. Total net unrealized gains of $48,600 as of December 
31, 2013 are included in the Consolidated Statement of Income. 

64

 
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2013, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Actual 
maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call 
or prepayment penalties.

(Amounts in thousands)
Amortized Cost     Fair Value

Due in one year or less .............................................................. $
Due after one year through five years .......................................
Due after five years through ten years ......................................
Due after ten years ....................................................................
Total.................................................................................

U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed and related 

securities...............................................................................

Total debt securities......................................................... $

$

130
3,520
14,880
47,265
65,795

133
3,566
14,660
44,371
62,730

96,375
162,170

95,107
$ 157,837

The following table sets forth the proceeds, gains and losses realized on securities sold or called for each of the years ended 
December 31: 

Proceeds on securities sold ................................................. $
Gross realized gains ............................................................
Gross realized losses ...........................................................

(Amounts in thousands)
2012
24,796
1,168
1,188

$

$

2013
29,338
658
123

Proceeds on securities called .............................................. $
Gross realized gains ............................................................
Gross realized losses ...........................................................

$

7,153
—
—

$

2,537
8
4

2011
14,458
562
33

1,939
9
—

Exchange on General Motors securities:
Gross realized gains ............................................................ $

— $

30

$

344

Investment securities with a carrying value of approximately $108.5 million at December 31, 2013 and $107.6 million at 
December 31, 2012 were pledged to secure deposits and for other purposes. The remaining securities provide an adequate level of 
liquidity. 

The following is a summary of the fair value of securities with unrealized losses and an aging of those unrealized losses at 
December 31, 2013: 

Less than 12 Months

(Amounts in thousands)
12 Months or More

Total

U.S. Government agencies and corporations ............... $
Obligations of states and political subdivisions ...........
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed 

Fair Value     
7,144
19,785

$

$

129
1,142

$

1,803
1,883

34,424

1,044

29,922

183
365

833

$

8,947
21,668

$

64,346

Unrealized
Losses

     Fair Value     

Unrealized
Losses

     Fair Value     

Unrealized
Losses

securities ..................................................................
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage 
obligations ...............................................................
Trust preferred securities..............................................

Total .................................................................... $

6,575
—
67,928

$

126
—
2,441

2,095
1,633
37,336

$

$

14
1,718
3,113

8,670
1,633
$ 105,264

$

312
1,507

1,877

140
1,718
5,554

The above table represents 83 investment securities where the fair value is less than the related amortized cost. 

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following is a summary of the fair value of securities with unrealized losses and an aging of those unrealized losses at 
December 31, 2012: 

Less than 12 Months

(Amounts in thousands)
12 Months or More

Total

Obligations of states and political subdivisions ........... $
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed 

Fair Value     
4,176

Unrealized
Losses

     Fair Value     

Unrealized
Losses

     Fair Value     

Unrealized
Losses

$

31

$

— $

— $

4,176

$

securities..................................................................
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage 
obligations ...............................................................
Trust preferred securities .............................................

Total.................................................................... $

—

—
—
4,176

$

—

—
—
31

47,358

4,825
7,612
59,795

$

590

47,358

75
6,271
6,936

4,825
7,612
63,971

$

$

75
6,271
6,967

$

31

590

The above table represents 46 investment securities where the current value is less than the related amortized cost. 

The trust preferred securities with an unrealized loss represent pools of trust preferred debt primarily issued by bank holding 
companies. The unrealized losses on the Company’s investment in U.S. Government-sponsored-mortgage-backed securities, U.S. 
Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations, obligations of states and political subdivisions and U.S. Government 
agencies and corporations were caused by changes in market rates and related spreads, as well as reflecting current distressed 
conditions in the credit markets and the market’s on-going reassessment of appropriate liquidity and risk premiums. It is expected that 
the securities would not be settled at less than the amortized cost of the Company’s investment because the decline in fair value is 
attributable to changes in interest rates and relative spreads and not credit quality. Also, except for the securities described below, the 
Company does not intend to sell those investments and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the 
investments before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss. The Company does not consider these 
investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013. 

Securities Deemed to be Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired 

The Company reviews investment debt securities on an ongoing basis for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) 
with formal reviews performed quarterly. 

For debt securities in an unrealized loss position, management assesses whether (a) it has the intent to sell the debt security or (b) it is 
more-likely-than-not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, 
an OTTI on the security must be recognized. 

In instances in which a determination is made that a credit loss (defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows 
expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis) exists but the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more-
likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost 
basis (i.e., the amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), the Company presents the amount of the OTTI recognized in 
the Consolidated Statement of Income. 

In these instances, the impairment is separated into (a) the amount of the total impairment related to the credit loss, and (b) the amount 
of the total impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings. 
The amount of the total impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. The total other-than-
temporary impairment is presented in the Consolidated Statement of Income with an offset for the amount of the total other-than-
temporary impairment that is recognized in other comprehensive income. 

As more fully disclosed in Note 11, the Company assessed the impairment of certain securities currently in an illiquid market. 
Through the impairment assessment process, the Company determined that the investments discussed in the following table were 
other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

66

 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company records impairment credit losses in earnings (before tax) and non-credit impairment losses in other comprehensive 
income (loss) (before tax) as indicated in the following table: 

Trust preferred securities:

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings (before tax) ....... $
Impairment gains recognized in other comprehensive income 

1,954

(before tax) ............................................................................ $

3,595

$

$

171

136

$

$

202

61

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,
2012

2013

2011

The following provides a cumulative roll forward of credit losses recognized in earnings for trust preferred securities held for the years 
ended: 

Beginning balance................................................................................ $
Reduction for debt securities for which other-than-temporary 

impairment has been previously recognized and there is no related 
other comprehensive income...........................................................

Credit losses on debt securities for which other-than-temporary 

impairment has not been previously recognized .............................

Additional credit losses on debt securities for which other-than-

temporary impairment was previously recognized .........................
Sale of debt securities ..........................................................................
Ending balance..................................................................................... $

—

1,954

—
—
2,305

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,
2012
10,674

$

$

351

2013

2011
10,472

—

—

—

—

171
(10,494)
351

$

202
—
10,674

$

In January 2014, the Company determined that its portfolio of insurance trust preferred collateralized debt obligations, commonly 
known as iTruPS securities, are considered disallowed investments under the final rule implementing Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank 
Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, commonly referred to as the Volcker Rule, which was originally released jointly by 
five regulatory agencies on December 10, 2013, and further clarified with the release of the Interim Final Rule on January 14, 2014. 
The final rule requires banking entities to divest disallowed securities by July 21, 2015, unless, upon application, the Federal Reserve 
grants extensions to July 21, 2017.  

With the release of the Interim Final Rule on January 14, 2014, the joint agencies granted relief by permitting financial institutions to 
retain their interests in certain collateralized debt obligations, but limited that provision to those collateralized by issuances prior to 
May 2010 from bank or thrift holding companies with less than $15 billion in consolidated assets. The Interim Final Rule did not 
contain a provision for issuances by insurance companies, which comprise the various iTruPS securities owned by the Company.

The disallowed iTruPS consist of nine positions with an amortized cost of $10.5 million.  Because the Company can no longer hold 
the securities until their anticipated recovery, an OTTI must be recognized for the entire amount of unrealized loss as of December 31, 
2013.  The fair value of the iTruPS as determined by the discounted cash flow model used by the Company aggregated to $8.5 million.  
The resulting OTTI charge of approximately $2.0 million is included in the above table in 2013.

In February 2014, the Company completed the sale of all nine of the disallowed investments along with one other permissible holding. 
Proceeds of the $10.2 million were received on an amortized cost of $10.0 million resulting in a pre-tax gain of approximately 
$200,000.

During the third quarter of 2012, the Company explored the possible sale of the trust preferred securities collateralized by banks 
through various brokerage firms. With the lack of an active market for these securities, the brokers sought bids individually for the 
securities from potential buyers in their client base. Through this process, the Company sold 19 of the 22 bank collateralized positions 
realizing a nominal net loss of $164,000. All of these securities exhibited evidence of significant deterioration in issuers’ 
creditworthiness. The three remaining bank collateralized positions, as well as the 9 positions collateralized by insurance companies, 
have historically not exhibited material other-than-temporary impairment, thus were excluded from sale considerations. Also during 
the third quarter of 2012, the Company disposed of the two remaining private-label mortgage-backed securities, thereby eliminating 
all future risk and uncertainty relating to this investment category. A net loss of $288,000 was realized on the sale of these securities. 

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In April 2011, as approved by the U.S. Bankruptcy court, unsecured bondholders of General Motors Corporation (GM) began 
receiving partial distributions in accordance with the Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan (the Plan). The Company owned $2.4 million 
par value of unsecured bonds determined to be other-than-temporarily-impaired in 2008 and written down by $1.3 million in 2008 and 
$815,000 in 2009 to a value of $287,000. In accordance with the Plan, the Company received in exchange for the bonds 9,564 shares 
of GM common shares, 8,694 GM Class A Warrants exercisable at $10.00 per share, 8,694 GM Class B Warrants exercisable at 
$18.33 per share and 2,401 shares of Motors Liquidation Company GUC Trust in several distributions during 2011 and 2012. On 
November 29, 2012, the Company elected to sell all of its shares of GM common stock, all shares of GM Class A and Class B 
Warrants and all shares of Motors Liquidation Company GUC Trust. The Company realized a net loss of $139,000 on this transaction. 
The Company still holds escrow stubs representing any remaining distributions from the bankruptcy trust. 

At December 31, 2013, there was $1.2 million of investment securities considered to be in non-accrual status. This balance is 
comprised of 2 of its 12 investments in trust preferred securities. As a result of the delay in the collection of interest payments, 
management placed these securities in non-accrual status. Current estimates indicate that the interest payment delays may exceed ten 
years. All other trust preferred securities remain in accrual status. 

NOTE 3 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES 

The Company, through the Bank, grants residential, consumer and commercial loans to customers located primarily in Northeastern 
Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. 

The following represents the composition of the loan portfolio for the period ending: 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,

2013

2012

Balance

%

Balance

%

Commercial ................................................................... $
Commercial real estate ..................................................
Residential real estate....................................................
Consumer - home equity ...............................................
Consumer - other...........................................................

Total loans ........................................................... $

73,643
206,744
42,288
19,510
4,648
346,833

21.2
59.6
12.2
5.6
1.4

$

$

62,312
193,417
39,091
17,910
4,552
317,282

19.6
61.1
12.3
5.6
1.4

Management has an established methodology to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that assesses the risks and 
losses inherent in the loan portfolio. For purposes of determining the allowance for loan losses, the Company has segmented loans in 
the portfolio by product type. Loans are segmented into the following pools: commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, 
residential real estate loans and consumer loans. The Company also sub-segments the consumer loan portfolio into the following two 
classes: home equity loans and other consumer loans. Historical loss percentages for each risk category are calculated and used as the 
basis for calculating allowance allocations. These historical loss percentages are calculated over multiple periods for all portfolio 
segments. Management evaluates these results and utilizes the most reflective period in the calculation. Certain qualitative factors are 
then added to the historical allocation percentage to get the adjusted factor. 

These factors include, but are not limited to, the following: 

Factor Considered:
Levels of and trends in charge-offs, classifications and non-accruals.........................
Trends in volume and terms.........................................................................................
Changes in lending policies and procedures ................................................................
Experience, depth and ability of management .............................................................
Economic trends...........................................................................................................
Concentrations of credit ...............................................................................................

Risk Trend:
Increasing
Increasing
Stable
Stable

   Decreasing

Stable

68

 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following factors are analyzed and applied to loans internally graded with higher risk credit in addition to the above factors for 
non-classified loans: 

Factor Considered:
Levels and trends in classification ...............................................................................
Declining trends in financial performance...................................................................
Structure and lack of performance measures ...............................................................
Migration between risk categories ...............................................................................

Risk Trend:
   Decreasing
Increasing
Increasing
   Decreasing

The provision charged to operations can be allocated to a loan segment either as a positive or negative value as a result of any material 
changes to: net charge-offs or recovery, risk factors or loan balances. 

The following is an analysis of changes in the allowance for loan losses for the periods ended: 

December 31, 2013
Balance at beginning of period .................................... $
Loan charge-offs ..........................................................
Recoveries....................................................................
Net loan charge-offs.....................................................
Provision charged to operations...................................
Balance at end of period .............................................. $

639
(1)
167
166
(212)
593

Commercial     

December 31, 2012
Balance at beginning of period..................................... $
Loan charge-offs...........................................................
Recoveries ....................................................................
Net loan charge-offs .....................................................
Provision charged to operations ...................................
Balance at end of period ............................................... $

565
(1,937)
9
(1,928)
2,002
639

Commercial    

December 31, 2011
Balance at beginning of period..................................... $
Loan charge-offs...........................................................
Recoveries ....................................................................
Net loan charge-offs .....................................................
Provision charged to operations ...................................
Balance at end of period ............................................... $

249
—
3
3
313
565

Commercial     

(Amounts in thousands)

Residential 
real estate     

Consumer
- home
equity

Consumer 
- other

$

$

343
(81)
26
(55)
68
356

Residential 
real estate    

$

$

470
(231)
46
(185)
58
343

Residential 
real estate    

$

$

418
(362)
6
(356)
408
470

$

$

$

$

$

$

123
(12)
18
6
(41)
88

Consumer
- home
equity

128
(59)
13
(46)
41
123

Consumer
- home
equity

111
(91)
6
(85)
102
128

$

$

$

$

$

$

104
(146)
89
(57)
42
89

Consumer
- other

92
(152)
57
(95)
107
104

Consumer
- other

112
(168)
60
(108)
88
92

Total

3,825
(1,022)
311
(711)
650
3,764

Total

3,058
(2,415)
162
(2,253)
3,020
3,825

Total

2,501
(832)
193
(639)
1,196
3,058

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Commercial
real estate     
2,616
(782)
11
(771)
793
2,638

$

$

Commercial
real estate    
1,803
(36)
37
1
812
2,616

$

$

Commercial
real estate    
1,611
(211)
118
(93)
285
1,803

$

The total allowance reflects management’s estimate of loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the consolidated balance sheet date. 

69

 
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following tables present a full breakdown by portfolio segment, the changes in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded 
investment in loans for the periods ended December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

December 31, 2013
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

Commercial     

Commercial
real estate     

Residential 
real estate     

Consumer
- home
equity

Consumer
- other

Total

(Amounts in thousands)

Individually evaluated for impairment ............... $
Collectively evaluated for impairment ...............

Total ending allowance balance ................ $

50
543
593

$

$

251
2,387
2,638

Loan Portfolio:

Individually evaluated for impairment ............... $
Collectively evaluated for impairment ...............

Total ending loans balance ........................ $

418
73,225
73,643

$

5,134
201,610
$ 206,744

$

$

$

$

— $
356
356

$

— $
88
88

$

— $
89
89

$

301
3,463
3,764

— $

— $

— $

42,288
42,288

19,510
19,510

$

$

4,648
4,648

5,552
341,281
$ 346,833

December 31, 2012
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

Commercial     

Commercial
real estate     

Residential 
real estate     

Consumer
- home
equity

Consumer
- other

Total

Individually evaluated for impairment ............... $
Collectively evaluated for impairment ...............

Total ending allowance balance................ $

49
590
639

$

$

423
2,193
2,616

Loan Portfolio:

Individually evaluated for impairment ............... $
Collectively evaluated for impairment ...............

Total ending loans balance ....................... $

49
62,263
62,312

$

5,031
188,386
$ 193,417

$

$

$

$

—  $
343
343

$

—  $
123
123

$

—  $

104
104

$

472  
3,353  
3,825  

—  $

— $

—  $

39,091
39,091

17,910
17,910

$

$

4,552
4,552

5,080  
312,202  
$ 317,282  

The following tables represent credit exposures by internally assigned grades for years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively. The grading analysis estimates the capability of the borrower to repay the contractual obligations of the loan agreements 
as scheduled or at all. The Company’s internal credit risk grading system is based on experiences with similarly graded loans. 

The Company’s internally assigned grades are as follows: 







Pass – loans which are protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the value of the 
underlying collateral. Within this category, there are grades of exceptional, quality, acceptable and pass monitor. 

Special Mention – loans where a potential weakness or risk exists, which could cause a more serious problem if not 
corrected. 

Substandard – loans that have a well-defined weakness based on objective evidence and are characterized by the distinct 
possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. 

 Doubtful – loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in a substandard asset but with the severity which 

make collection in full highly questionable and improbable, based on existing circumstances. 



Loss – loans classified as a loss are considered uncollectible, or of such value that continuance as an asset is not 
warranted. This rating does not mean that the assets have no recovery or salvage value but rather that the assets should be 
charged off now, even though partial or full recovery may be possible in the future. 

70

 
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following is a summary of credit quality indicators by internally assigned grade as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. 

(Amounts in thousands)

December 31, 2013
Pass ............................................................................................. $
Special Mention..........................................................................
Substandard ................................................................................
Doubtful......................................................................................
Ending Balance........................................................................... $

Commercial
72,562
626
455
—
73,643

December 31, 2012
Pass ............................................................................................. $
Special Mention..........................................................................
Substandard ................................................................................
Doubtful......................................................................................
Ending Balance........................................................................... $

Commercial
60,387
1,182
743
— 
62,312

Commercial
real estate

$

$

192,604
9,158
4,982
—
206,744

Commercial
real estate

$

$

175,367
11,135
6,915
— 
193,417

The Company evaluates the classification of consumer, home equity and residential loans primarily on a pooled basis. If the Company 
becomes aware that adverse or distressed conditions exist that may affect a particular loan, the loan is downgraded following the 
above definitions of special mention and substandard. 

The following is a summary of consumer credit exposure as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. 

Residential
real estate

(Amounts in thousands)
Consumer -
home equity     

Consumer-
other

December 31, 2013
Performing.......................................................................... $
Nonperforming ...................................................................

Total .......................................................................... $

41,807
481
42,288

$

$

19,438
72
19,510

$

$

4,632
16
4,648

December 31, 2012
Performing........................................................................... $
Nonperforming ....................................................................

Total ........................................................................... $

38,602
489
39,091

$

$

17,838
72
17,910

$

$

4,525
27
4,552

Residential
real estate

Consumer -
home equity     

Consumer-
other

Loans are considered to be nonperforming when they become 90 days past due or on nonaccrual status, though the Company may be 
receiving partial payments of interest and partial repayments of principal on such loans. When a loan is placed in non-accrual status, 
previously accrued but unpaid interest is deducted from interest income. Loans in foreclosure are considered nonperforming. 

71

 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Troubled Debt Restructuring 

Nonperforming loans also include certain loans that have been modified in trouble debt restructurings (TDRs) where economic 
concessions have been granted to borrowers who have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties. These 
concessions typically result from the Company’s loss mitigation activities and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment 
extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. Certain TDRs are classified as nonperforming at the time of 
restructure and may only be returned to performing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a 
reasonable period, generally six months. 

The following presents, by class, information related to loans modified in a TDR during the periods ended: 

Commercial..........................................................................
Commercial real estate.........................................................
Total restructured loans ..............................................
Subsequently defaulted .....................................

Commercial real estate.........................................................
Total restructured loans ..............................................
Subsequently defaulted.....................................

Number of
contracts

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31, 2013
Post-
modification
recorded
investment     
$

Pre-
modification
recorded
investment     
$

5
7
12
$
— $

438
2,348
2,786
—

438
2,348
2,786

$

Number of
contracts

December 31, 2012
Post-
modification
recorded
investment     
1,734
$
1,734
$

Pre-
modification
recorded
investment     
1,734
$
4
1,734
4
$
— 
— $

Increase in the
allowance

$

$

20
—
20

Increase in the
allowance

$
$

148
148

December 31, 2011
Post-
modification
recorded
investment     

Pre-
modification
recorded
investment     

Increase in the
allowance

Number of
contracts

Commercial real estate.........................................................
Total restructured loans ..............................................
Subsequently defaulted.....................................

— $
— $
— $

— $
— $
—

— $
— $

—
—

The seven new commercial real estate loans had either the rate unchanged or blended with no rate impact. All the loans had loan term 
changes. Five of the commercial real estate loans were to the same customer. Two of the five commercial loans were to the same 
company. The commercial loans had loan term changes with no rate concessions made. One commercial loan had multiple changes 
including rate change, shortened maturity and additional collateral and one commercial loan had an extended loan term and interest 
only for 6 months. 

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following is an aging analysis of the recorded investment of past due loans as of the periods ended December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

(Amounts in thousands)

30-59 Days
Past Due

60-89 Days
Past Due

90 Days Or
Greater

Total
Past Due

Recorded
Investment
> 90 Days
and

Current

     Total Loans     

Accruing  

December 31, 2013
Commercial............................................. $
Commercial real estate............................
Residential real estate .............................
Consumer:

Consumer - home equity ...............
Consumer - other...........................

Total..................................... $

— $
—
—

—
29
29

$

— $
—
201

7
—
208

$

30
1,136
380

65
16
1,627

$

$

30
1,136
581

72
45
1,864

$

73,613
205,608
41,707

$

73,643
206,744
42,288

19,438
4,603
$ 344,969

19,510
4,648
$ 346,833

$

$

—
—
—

—
—
—

30 - 59 Days
Past Due

60-89 Days
Past Due

90 Days Or
Greater

Total
Past Due

Recorded
Investment
> 90 Days
and

Current

     Total Loans     

Accruing  

December 31, 2012
Commercial............................................. $
Commercial real estate............................
Residential real estate .............................
Consumer:

Consumer - home equity ...............
Consumer - other...........................

Total..................................... $

— $
32 
72

— 
14
118

$

—  $
— 
158

— 
— 
158

$

49
2,182
384

62
27
2,704

$

$

49
2,214
614

62
41
2,980

$

62,263
191,203
38,477

$

62,312
193,417
39,091

17,848
4,511
$ 314,302

17,910
4,552
$ 317,282

$

$

—
— 
— 

— 
— 
—

An impaired loan is a loan on which, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all 
amounts due (including both interest and principal) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. However, an 
insignificant delay or insignificant shortfall in amount of payments on a loan does not indicate that the loan is impaired. 

When a loan is determined to be impaired, impairment should be measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows 
discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. However, as a practical expedient, the Company will measure impairment based on a 
loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. 

The following are the criteria for selecting individual loans / relationships for impairment analysis. Non-homogenous loans which 
meet the criteria below are evaluated quarterly. 

 All borrowers whose loans are classified doubtful by examiners and internal loan review 

 All loans on non-accrual status 

 Any loan in foreclosure 

 Any loan with a specific reserve 

 Any loan determined to be collateral dependent for repayment 



Loans classified as troubled debt restructuring 

Any loan evaluated for impairment is excluded from the general pool of loans in the ALLL calculation regardless if a specific reserve 
was determined. If management determines that the value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (net of 
previous charge-offs, deferred loan fees or costs and unamortized premium or discount), impairment is recognized through an 
allowance estimate or a charge-off to the allowance. 

73

 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents the recorded investment and unpaid principal balances for impaired loans, excluding homogenous loans 
for which impaired analyses are not necessarily performed, with the associated allowance amount, if applicable, at December 31, 2013 
and 2012. Also presented are the average recorded investments in the impaired balances and interest income recognized after 
impairment for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

(Amounts in thousands)
Unpaid
Principal
Balance

Recorded
Investment

Related

Allowance  

December 31, 2013
With no related allowance recorded:

Commercial...................................................................................$
Commercial real estate ................................................................. 

320    $

3,554    

320    $
3,554     

With an allowance recorded:

Commercial................................................................................... 
Commercial real estate ................................................................. 

98
1,580     

98
1,580     

Total:

Commercial...................................................................................$
Commercial real estate .................................................................$

418    $
5,134    $

418    $
5,134    $

—  
—  

50  
251  

50  
251  

Recorded
Investment

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

Related

Allowance  

December 31, 2012
With no related allowance recorded:

Commercial real estate .................................................................$

789    $

789    $

—  

With an allowance recorded:

Commercial................................................................................... 
Commercial real estate .................................................................

49     
4,242     

49     
4,242     

Total:

Commercial...................................................................................$
Commercial real estate .................................................................$

49    $
5,031    $

49    $
5,031    $

49  

423

49  
423  

(Amounts in thousands)
Interest
Income
Recognized  

Average
Recorded
Investment

December 31, 2013
With no related allowance recorded:

Commercial ........................................................................................ $
Commercial real estate .......................................................................  

123    $

1,638

With an allowance recorded:

Commercial ........................................................................................  
Commercial real estate .......................................................................  

73     

3,015

Total:

Commercial ........................................................................................ $
Commercial real estate ....................................................................... $

196
4,653

$
$

6  
117  

—  
95  

6  
212  

74

 
 
 
 
    
    
   
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
 
 
    
    
   
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
       
    
 
 
 
 
    
   
       
 
   
       
 
   
       
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands)
Interest
Income
Recognized  

Average
Recorded
Investment

December 31, 2012
With no related allowance recorded:

Commercial ........................................................................................ $
Commercial real estate .......................................................................  

17    $

1,196    

With an allowance recorded:

Commercial ........................................................................................  
Commercial real estate .......................................................................  

58
3,177     

Total:

Commercial ........................................................................................ $
Commercial real estate ....................................................................... $

75    $
4,373    $

—  
3  

—  
117  

—
120  

Average
Recorded
Investment

Interest
Income
Recognized  

December 31, 2011
With no related allowance recorded:

Commercial.........................................................................................$
Commercial real estate ....................................................................... 

42    $

951    

With an allowance recorded:

Commercial......................................................................................... 
Commercial real estate ....................................................................... 

83
1,320     

Total:

Commercial.........................................................................................$
Commercial real estate .......................................................................$

125    $
2,271    $

—  
66  

—  
74  

—  
140  

The following is a summary of classes of loans on non-accrual status as of: 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,

2013

2012

Commercial ..................................................................................................$
Commercial real estate ................................................................................. 
Residential real estate................................................................................... 
Consumer:

Consumer - home equity..................................................................... 
Consumer - other ................................................................................ 
Total ..........................................................................................$

98    $

1,279    
481     

72
16     
1,946    $

49  
2,336  
489  

72  
27  
2,973  

Gross income that should have been recorded in income on nonaccrual loans was $147,000, $207,000 and $305,000 for the years 
ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Actual interest included in income on these nonaccrual loans amounts to 
$38,000, $55,000 and $191,000 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 

75

 
    
   
       
 
   
       
 
   
       
 
 
    
   
       
 
   
       
 
   
       
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
       
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 4 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT 

The following is a summary of premises and equipment: 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,

2013

2012

Land..............................................................................................................$
Premises........................................................................................................ 
Equipment .................................................................................................... 
Leasehold improvements.............................................................................. 
Total premises and equipment ............................................................ 
Less accumulated depreciation..................................................................... 
Net book value ....................................................................................$

1,387    $
8,372     
8,652     
203     
18,614     
11,938     
6,676    $

1,387  
8,128  
8,074  
265  
17,854  
11,289  
6,565  

Depreciation expense was $713,000 in 2013, $640,000 in 2012 and $582,000 in 2011. 

NOTE 5 - DEPOSITS 

The following is a summary of interest-bearing deposits: 

Demand...............................................................................................................$
Money market..................................................................................................... 
Savings................................................................................................................ 
Time:

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,

2013

33,654      $
78,783       
114,366       

2012

37,745  
72,404  
122,031  

In denominations under $100,000 ............................................................ 
In denominations of $100,000 or more .................................................... 
Total................................................................................................$

70,616       
61,345       
358,764      $

81,232  
71,814  
385,226  

Stated maturities of time deposits were as follows: 

2014............................................................................................................... $
2015...............................................................................................................  
2016...............................................................................................................  
2017...............................................................................................................  
2018...............................................................................................................  
2019 and beyond ...........................................................................................  
Total .................................................................................................... $

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2013  
73,672  
12,225  
11,976  
3,860  
3,824  
26,404  
131,961  

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
        
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following is a summary of time deposits of $100,000 or more by remaining maturities: 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31, 2013
Other Time
Deposits

Certificates
of Deposit

Three months or less .............................................$
Three to six months............................................... 
Six to twelve months............................................. 
One through five years.......................................... 
Over five years ...................................................... 
Total ............................................................$

16,907     $
11,617      
7,534      
12,141      
5,386      
53,585     $

1,609     $
106      
543      
2,696      
2,806      
7,760     $

Total

18,516      
11,723      
8,077      
14,837      
8,192      
61,345      

NOTE 6 - FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK (FHLB) ADVANCES AND OTHER SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS 

The following is a summary of FHLB advances and other short-term borrowings: 

Weighted
Average
Interest Rate  

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,

2013

2012

FHLB advances:
   Fixed-rate payable and convertible fixed-rate FHLB advances, with    

monthly interest payments:

Due in 2013 ...........................................................................................................
Due in 2014 ...........................................................................................................
Due in 2015 ...........................................................................................................
Due in 2016 ...........................................................................................................
Due in 2017 ...........................................................................................................
Subtotal .......................................................................................................
FHLB Cash Management Advance..................................................................................
Total FHLB advances.......................................................................

$
2.40%  
2.93%  
4.07%  
4.12%  
3.36%  
0.12%  
2.74%  

Other short-term borrowings:
   Securities sold under repurchase agreements................................................................

0.07%  

Total FHLB advances and other short-term 

—      $
12,500       
4,000       
2,000       
16,000       
34,500       
8,100       
42,600       

2,500  
12,500  
4,000  
2,000  
16,000  
37,000  
5,000  
42,000  

3,804       

4,051  

borrowings ..................................................................................

2.52% $

46,404      $

46,051  

The following is a summary of other short-term borrowings: 

Average balance during the year.................................................................... $
Average interest rate during the year .............................................................
Maximum month-end balance during the year .............................................. $
Weighted average interest rate at year end ....................................................

(Amounts in thousands)
2012
4,559

$

$

2011
5,598

0.11%

0.09%

$

5,550

$

6,566

0.13%

0.07%

2013
3,453
0.09%
4,022
0.07%

Securities sold under repurchase agreements represent arrangements the Bank has entered into with certain deposit customers within 
its local market areas. These borrowings are collateralized with securities. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, securities allocated for 
this purpose, owned by the Bank and held in safekeeping accounts at independent correspondent banks, amounted to $7.6 million and 
$9.1 million, respectively. 

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
    
    
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
 
   
        
 
   
 
   
        
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
        
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

At December 31, 2013, FHLB advances were collateralized by FHLB stock owned by the Bank with a carrying value of $2.8 million, 
a blanket lien against the Bank’s qualified mortgage loan portfolio of $26.4 million, $5.0 million in collateralized mortgage 
obligations and $24.0 million in mortgage-backed securities. In comparison, in the prior year FHLB advances were collateralized by 
FHLB stock owned by the Bank with a carrying value of $2.8 million, a blanket lien against the Bank’s qualified mortgage loan 
portfolio of $27.0 million, $9.0 million in collateralized mortgage obligations and $23.0 million in mortgage-backed securities. 
Maximum borrowing capacities from FHLB totaled $50.0 million and $48.8 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

At December 31, 2013, $28.5 million of the FHLB fixed rate advances were putable on or after certain specified dates at the option of 
the FHLB and at December 31, 2012, $31.0 million of the FHLB fixed rate advances were putable on or after certain specified dates at 
the option of the FHLB. Should the FHLB elect to exercise the put, the Company is required to pay the advance off on that date 
without penalty. 

NOTE 7 - SUBORDINATED DEBT 

In July 2007, a trust formed by the Company issued $5.0 million of floating rate trust preferred securities as part of a pooled offering 
of such securities due December 2037. The Company owns all $155,000 of the common securities issued by the trust. The securities 
bear interest at the 3-month LIBOR rate plus 1.45%. The rates at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were 1.69% and 1.76%, respectively. 
The Company issued subordinated debentures to the trust in exchange for the proceeds of the trust preferred offering. The debentures 
represent the sole assets of this trust. The Company may redeem the subordinated debentures, in whole or in part, at par. 

The trust is not consolidated with the Company’s financial statements. Accordingly, the Company does not report the securities issued 
by the trust as liabilities, but instead reports as liabilities the subordinated debentures issued by the Company and held by the trust. 
The subordinated debentures qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes in determining and evaluating the Company’s capital 
adequacy. 

NOTE 8 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

The Bank occupies office facilities under operating leases extending to 2019. Most of these leases contain an option to renew at the 
then fair rental value for periods of five and ten years. These options enable the Bank to retain use of facilities in desirable operating 
areas. In most cases, management expects that in the normal course of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases. 
Rental and lease expense was $181,000 for 2013, $147,000 for 2012 and $162,000 for 2011. 

The following is a summary of remaining future minimum lease payments under current non-cancelable operating leases for office 
facilities: 

(Amounts in thousands)  

Years ending:

December 31, 2014...................................................................... $
December 31, 2015......................................................................  
December 31, 2016......................................................................  
December 31, 2017......................................................................  
December 31, 2018......................................................................  
Later years ...................................................................................  
Total ................................................................................... $

185  
166  
112  
109  
86  
44  
702  

At December 31, 2013, the Bank was required to maintain aggregate cash reserves amounting to $6.0 million in order to satisfy 
federal regulatory requirements. The reserves are held in useable vault cash and interest-earning balances at the Federal Reserve Bank 
of Cleveland. 

The Bank grants commercial and industrial loans, commercial and residential mortgage loans, and consumer loans to customers in 
Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. Although the Bank has a diversified portfolio, exposure to credit loss can be adversely 
impacted by downturns in local economic and employment conditions. Approximately 1.0% of total loans are unsecured at 
December 31, 2013, compared to 1.2% at December 31, 2012. 

78

 
 
   
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Commitments to fund certain mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market, forward contracts for the future 
sale of mortgage-backed securities and forward contracts for the future delivery of these mortgage loans are considered derivatives. In 
calendar 2012 and through the first three quarters of 2013, it was the Company’s practice to enter into the forward contracts for the 
future  sale  of  mortgage-backed  securities  when  interest  rate  lock  commitments  are  entered  into  in  order  to  economically  hedge  the 
effect  of  changes  in  interest  rates  resulting  from  its  commitments  to  fund  the  loans.  These  mortgage  banking  derivatives  were  not 
formally designated in hedge relationships. The Company simultaneously entered into mandatory delivery commitments of mortgage 
loans, also considered derivatives. 

Effective  September  13,  2013,  in  response  to  decreased  levels  of  loan  originations,  the  Company  ceased  entering  into  mandatory 
forward contracts for the future delivery of mortgage loans.  The Company instead chooses to enter into individual best effort loan sale 
contracts for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans.  These contracts are entered into at the same time that the interest rate 
lock is entered into with the customer, thereby eliminating the necessity of forward contracts for the future sale of mortgage-backed 
securities. These contracts are also considered to be derivative instruments and limit the Company’s exposure to potential movements 
in  market  interest  rates.   Should  levels  of  loan  originations  increase  to  previous  levels,  the  Company  may  return  to  entering  into 
forward contracts for the future delivery of mortgage loans.

The Company reports the fair value of the derivative assets and liabilities in other assets and other liabilities; associated income and 
expense is reported in mortgage banking gains.

Although residential mortgage loans originated and sold are without recourse as to performance, third parties to which the loans are 
sold  can  require  repurchase  of  loans  in  the  event  noncompliance  with  the  representations  and  warranties  included  in  the  sales 
agreements  exists.  These  repurchases  are  typically  those  for  which  the  borrower  is  in  a  nonperforming  status,  diminishing  the 
prospects  for  future  collection  on  the  loan.  The  Company  historically  has  not  been  required  to  repurchase  any  loans;  however, 
provision is made for the contingent probability of this occurrence.

The following table is a summary of mortgage banking derivative commitments and the related balance sheet accounts: 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,

2013

2012

Mortgage banking derivative commitments:

Interest rate lock commitments...........................................................$
Forward contracts for the future delivery of mortgage loans ............. 
Forward contracts for the future sale of mortgage-backed securities. 

1,297    $
1,953     
—     

65,536  
15,731  
52,000  

Corresponding recorded balances :

Derivative asset...................................................................................$
Derivative liability .............................................................................. 
Reserve for loan repurchases .............................................................. 

17    $
—     
681     

531  
199  
430  

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of 
its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. 
Such instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized on the consolidated balance 
sheets. The contract or notional amounts or those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes 
of financial instruments. 

In the event of nonperformance by the other party, the Company’s exposure to credit loss on these financial instruments is represented 
by the contract or notional amount of the instrument. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and 
conditional obligations as it does for instruments recorded on the balance sheet. The amount and nature of collateral obtained, if any, 
is based on management’s credit evaluation. 

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
       
 
   
       
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following is a summary of such contractual commitments: 

Commitments to extend credit:

Fixed rate............................................................................................ $
Variable rate .......................................................................................  
Standby letters of credit ...............................................................................  

13,142    $
53,275     
670     

14,551  
48,184  
477  

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,

2013

2012

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the 
contract. Generally these financial arrangements have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of 
a fee. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a 
third party. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not 
necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The 
amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation 
of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment and income-
producing commercial properties. The increase in commitments is in line with the Company’s increased focus on commercial and 
industrial lending, and specifically lines of credit. 

The Company also offers limited overdraft protection as a non-contractual courtesy which is available to businesses as well as 
individually/jointly owned accounts in good standing for personal or household use. The Company reserves the right to discontinue 
this service without prior notice. 

The following table is a summary of overdraft protection for the periods indicated: 

Overdraft protection available on depositors’ accounts..............................$
Balance of overdrafts included in loans ...................................................... 
Average daily balance of overdrafts ........................................................... 
Average daily balance of overdrafts as a percentage of available .............. 

  $

9,678  
190  
115  
1.19%    

9,814  
167  
112  
1.14% 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,

2013

2012

NOTE 9 – BENEFIT PLANS 

The Bank has a contributory defined contribution retirement plan (401(k) plan) which covers substantially all employees. Total 
expense under the plan was $296,000 for 2013, $265,000 for 2012 and $228,000 for 2011. The Bank matches participants’ voluntary 
contributions up to 5% of gross pay. Participants may make voluntary contributions to the plan up to a maximum of $17,500 with an 
additional $5,500 catch-up deferral for plan participants over the age of 50. The Bank makes monthly contributions to this plan equal 
to amounts accrued for plan expense. 

The Company provides supplemental retirement benefit plans for the benefit of certain officers and non-officer directors. The plan for 
officers is designed to provide post-retirement benefits to supplement other sources of retirement income such as social security and 
401(k) benefits. The benefits will be paid for a period of 15 years after retirement. Director Retirement Agreements provide for a 
benefit of $10,000 annually on or after the director reaches normal retirement age, which is based on a combination of age and years 
of service. Director retirement benefits are paid over a period of 10 years following retirement. The Company accrues the cost of these 
post-retirement benefits during the working careers of the officers and directors. At December 31, 2013, the accumulated liability for 
these benefits totaled $2.4 million, with $1.9 million accrued for the officers’ plan and $510,000 for the directors’ plan. 

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table reconciles the accumulated liability for the benefit obligation of these agreements: 

Beginning balance .................................................................................$
Benefit expense...................................................................................... 
Benefit payments ................................................................................... 
Ending balance .............................................................................$

2,218     $
327      
(149)    
2,396     $

2,049     $
303      
(134)    
2,218     $

1,897  
282  
(130) 
2,049  

(Amounts in thousands)
Years Ended December 31,
2012

2013

2011

Supplemental executive retirement agreements are unfunded plans and have no plan assets. The benefit obligation represents the 
vested net present value of future payments to individuals under the agreements. The benefit expense, as specified in the agreements 
for the entire year 2014, is expected to be approximately $335,000. The benefits expected to be paid in the next year are 
approximately $163,000. 

The Bank has purchased insurance contracts on the lives of the participants in the supplemental retirement benefit plan and has named 
the Bank as the beneficiary. Similarly, the Company has purchased insurance contracts on the lives of the directors with the Bancorp 
as beneficiary. While no direct linkage exists between the supplemental retirement benefit plan and the life insurance contracts, it is 
management’s current intent that the revenue from the insurance contracts be used as a funding source for the plan. 

The Company accrues for the monthly benefit expense of postretirement cost of insurance for split-dollar life insurance coverage. 
Total net amount expensed for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $56,000, $22,000 and $22,000, respectively. 
The accumulated liability at December 31, 2013 is $614,000. The expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 is expected to be 
under $60,000. 

NOTE 10 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES 

The composition of income tax expense is as follows: 

Current....................................................................................................$
Deferred.................................................................................................. 
Total ..............................................................................................$

2013

(Amounts in thousands)
Years Ended December 31,
2012

(8)    $
96    
88     $

(1,131)   $
973      
(158)   $

2011

1,254  
(61) 
1,193  

The ability to realize the benefit of deferred tax assets is dependent upon a number of factors, including the generation of future 
taxable income, the ability to carry back taxes paid in previous years, the ability to offset capital losses with capital gains, the reversal 
of deferred tax liabilities, and certain tax planning strategies. A valuation allowance of $94,000 has been established to offset in its 
entirety the tax benefits associated with certain impaired securities that management believes may not be realizable. 

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following is a summary of net deferred taxes included in other assets: 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,

2013

2012

Gross deferred tax assets:

Provision for loan and other real estate losses....................................$
Loan origination cost - net.................................................................. 
Impairment loss on securities ............................................................. 
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities ................................. 
Deferred compensation....................................................................... 
NOL carryforward .............................................................................. 
AMT credit carryforward ................................................................... 
General business credit carryforward ................................................. 
Other items ......................................................................................... 
Total gross deferred tax assets .................................................. 
Valuation allowance ........................................................................... 
Total net deferred tax assets...................................................... 

1,280     $
298      
784      
1,473      
814      
385      
641      
182      
727      
6,584      
(94)     
6,490      

1,301  
268  
119  
879  
587  
1,624  
387  
483  
838  
6,486  
(94) 
6,392  

Gross deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation........................................................................................ 
Other items ......................................................................................... 
Total net deferred tax liabilities ................................................ 
Net deferred tax asset ................................................................$

(433)     
(593)     
(1,026)     
5,464     $

(588) 
(838) 
(1,426) 
4,966  

The Company had a deferred tax asset of $641,000 for credits related to Alternative Minimum Taxes (AMT), a deferred tax asset of 
$385,000 relating to a net operating loss (NOL) carryforward, a deferred tax asset of $182,000 relating to a general business credit 
carryforward and a deferred tax asset of $94,000 relating to a capital loss carryforward as of December 31, 2013. In comparison, the 
Company had a deferred tax asset of $387,000 for credits related to Alternative Minimum Taxes (AMT), a deferred tax asset of 
$1,624,000 relating to a net operating loss (NOL) carryforward, a deferred tax asset of $483,000 relating to a general business credit 
carryforward and a deferred tax asset of $94,000 relating to a capital loss carryforward as of December 31, 2012. The AMT credits 
have an unlimited carry-forward period. The NOL carryforward and general business credit carryforward both have a 20 year life and 
expire in 2032. No valuation allowance has been established for these deferred tax assets in view of the Corporation’s ability to carry 
forward taxes paid and credits earned in previous years, to future years, coupled with the anticipated future taxable income as 
evidenced by the Corporation’s earnings potential. The capital loss carryforward has a 5 year life and expires in 2017; it has a 100% 
valuation allowance of $94,000 against it. 

At December 31, 2013, the Company assessed its earnings history and trend over the prior two years, its estimate of future earnings, 
and the expiration dates of its potential net operating loss carry-forwards. Based on this assessment, the Company determined that it 
was more-likely-than-not that the deferred tax assets will be realized before their expiration. A valuation allowance was recorded at 
the Bank level in 2012 as explained above and at the Parent Company level relating to impaired losses incurred therein for 2011. 
Because of the Parent Company’s inability to generate taxable income, realization of the deferred tax asset therein was not probable. 

The following is a reconciliation between tax expense using the statutory tax rate of 34% and the income tax provision: 

(Amounts in thousands)
Years Ended December 31,
2012

2013

2011

Statutory tax expense .............................................................................$
Tax effect of non-taxable income .......................................................... 
Tax effect of earnings on bank-owned life insurance-net...................... 
Tax effect of historical tax credit........................................................... 
Tax effect of low income housing credit ...............................................
Tax effect of non-deductible expenses .................................................. 
Federal income tax expense (benefit) ..........................................$

636     $
(504)     
(111)     
—      
13
54      
88     $

937     $
(512)    
(129)    
(483)    
—
29      
(158)   $

1,790  
(517) 
(131) 
—  
—
51  
1,193  

The related income tax expense on investment securities gains amounted to $182,000 for 2013, $4,000 for 2012 and $300,000 for 
2011, and is included in the federal income tax expense (benefit). 

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement 
of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the financial 
statements only when it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing 
authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition 
threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate 
settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first 
subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-
likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold 
is no longer met. The provision also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and 
penalties. There were no significant unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2013 and the Company does not expect any significant 
increase in unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months. No interest or penalties were incurred for income taxes which would 
have been recorded as a component of income tax expense. 

There is currently no liability for uncertain tax positions and no known unrecognized tax benefits. The Company’s federal and state 
income tax returns for taxable years through 2009 have been closed for purposes of examination by the Internal Revenue Service and 
the Ohio Department of Revenue. 

NOTE 11 – FAIR VALUE 

Measurements 

The Company groups assets and liabilities recorded at fair value into three levels based on the markets in which the assets and 
liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. A financial instrument’s level within the fair 
value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement (with level 1 considered highest 
and level 3 considered lowest). A brief description of each level follows: 

Level 1:   Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reported date.

Level 2:

Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable 
as of the reported date. The nature of these assets and liabilities include items for which quoted prices are 
available but which trade less frequently, and items that are fair valued using other financial instruments, the 
parameters of which can be directly observed.

Level 3:

Assets and liabilities that have little to no pricing observability as of the reported date. These items do not have 
two-way markets and are measured using management’s best estimate of fair value, where inputs into the 
determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation.

83

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents the assets reported on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value as of December 31, 2013 and 
December 31, 2012 by level within the fair value hierarchy. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the 
lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. 

Description

ASSETS

(Amounts in thousands)
Fair Value Measurements at 12/31/13 Using

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical

Significant Other
Observable

Assets (Level 1)     

Inputs (Level 2)     

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)  

December 31,
2013

U.S. Treasury securities .........................................................  $
U.S. Government agencies and corporations.........................   
Obligations of states and political subdivisions.....................   
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities .....   
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage 

obligations.........................................................................  
Trust preferred securities .......................................................   
Loans held for sale .................................................................   
Mortgage banking derivatives ...............................................   

112    $
8,947     
43,535     
78,022     

17,085
10,136     
656     
17     

—    $
—     
—     
—     

—     
—     
656     
—     

112    $
8,947     
43,535     
78,022     

17,085     
—     
—     
17     

—  
—  
—  
—  

—

10,136  
—  
—  

Mortgage banking derivatives ...............................................  $

—    $

—    $

—    $

—  

LIABILITIES

Description

ASSETS

Fair Value Measurements at 12/31/12 Using

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical

Significant Other
Observable

Assets (Level 1)     

Inputs (Level 2)     

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)  

December 31,
2012

U.S. Treasury securities .........................................................  $
U.S. Government agencies and corporations.........................   
Obligations of states and political subdivisions.....................   
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities.....   
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage 

obligations.........................................................................
Trust preferred securities .......................................................   
Loans held for sale.................................................................   
Mortgage banking derivatives ...............................................   

123    $
8,065     
42,316     
92,339    

31,142    
7,612     
24,756     
531     

—    $
—     
—     
—     

—     
—     
—     
—     

123    $
8,065     
42,316     
92,339     

31,142     
—     
24,756     
531     

—  
—  
—  
—  

—
7,612  
—  
—  

Mortgage banking derivatives ...............................................  $

199    $

—    $

199    $

—  

LIABILITIES

84

 
 
    
    
 
  
    
     
       
       
       
 
 
     
       
       
       
 
 
 
    
    
 
  
    
     
       
       
       
 
 
     
       
       
       
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following tables present the changes in the Level 3 fair value category for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. 
The Company classifies financial instruments in Level 3 of the fair-value hierarchy when there is reliance on at least one significant 
unobservable input to the valuation model. In addition to these unobservable inputs, the valuation models for Level 3 financial 
instruments typically also rely on a number of inputs that are readily observable either directly or indirectly. 

Beginning balance...............................................................$
Net realized/unrealized gains/(losses) included in:

Noninterest income.................................................... 
Other comprehensive income .................................... 
Discount accretion (premium amortization) .......................
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3....................................... 
Sales .................................................................................... 
Purchases, issuances and settlements.................................. 
Ending balance ....................................................................$
Losses included in net income for the period relating to 

2013
Trust preferred
securities

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,
2012
Trust preferred
securities

2011
Trust preferred
securities

7,612     $

9,145    $

12,779  

(1,954)    
4,553      
8
—      
—      
(83)      
10,136     $

(171)   
2,184     
2
—     
(3,531)   
(15)   
7,612    $

(202) 
(3,097) 

1
—  
—  
(335) 
9,145  

assets held at December 31 ............................................$

(1,954)   $

(90)  $

(202) 

The Company conducts OTTI analyses on a quarterly basis. The initial indication of other-than-temporary impairment for both debt 
and equity securities is a decline in the fair value below the amount recorded for an investment. A decline in value that is considered 
to be other-than-temporary is recorded as a loss within non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income. In determining 
whether an impairment is other than temporary, the Company considers a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the length 
of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost, recent events specific to the issuer, including investment 
downgrades by rating agencies and economic conditions of its industry, and a determination that the Company does not intend to sell 
those investments and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of its 
amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss. Among the factors that are considered in determining the Company’s intent 
and ability is a review of its capital adequacy, interest rate risk position and liquidity. 

The Company also considers the issuer’s financial condition, capital strength and near-term prospects. In addition, for debt securities 
the Company considers the cause of the price decline (general level of interest rates and industry- and issuer-specific factors), current 
ability to make future payments in a timely manner and the issuer’s ability to service debt, the assessment of a security’s ability to 
recover any decline in market value, the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations and the Company’s intent and ability to 
retain the security. All of the foregoing require considerable judgment. 

Trust Preferred Securities 

Trust preferred securities are accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 325 Investments Other. The Company evaluates current available 
information in estimating the future cash flows of securities and determines whether there have been favorable or adverse changes in 
estimated cash flows from the cash flows previously projected. The Company considers the structure and term of the pool and the 
financial condition of the underlying issuers. Specifically, the evaluation incorporates factors such as interest rates and appropriate risk 
premiums, the timing and amount of interest and principal payments and the allocation of payments to the various note classes. 
Current estimates of cash flows are based on the most recent trustee reports, announcements of deferrals or defaults, expected future 
default rates and other relevant market information. 

85

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
       
      
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company holds trust preferred securities that are backed by pooled trust preferred debt issued by banks, thrifts, insurance 
companies and real estate investment trusts. These securities were all rated investment grade at inception. Beginning during the second 
half of 2008 and into 2013, factors outside the Company’s control impacted the fair value of these securities and will likely continue 
to do so for the foreseeable future. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following: guidance on fair value accounting, 
issuer credit deterioration, issuer deferral and default rates, potential failure or government seizure of underlying financial institutions 
or insurance companies, ratings agency actions, or regulatory actions. As a result of changes in these and various other factors during 
2009 and into 2013, Moody’s Investors Service, Fitch Ratings and Standards and Poor’s downgraded multiple trust preferred 
securities, including securities held by the Company. All of the trust preferred securities held by the Company are now considered to 
be below investment grade. The deteriorating economic, credit and financial conditions experienced in 2008 and through 2012 have 
resulted in illiquid and inactive financial markets and severely depressed prices for these securities. As referenced in Note 2, 
Investment Securities, with the release of the Volcker Rule in December 2013, the Company can no longer support the ability to hold 
certain trust preferred securities comprised of obligations issued by insurance companies. The inability to hold the investments triggers 
a $2.0 million OTTI recognition reflecting the estimated fair value of the securities at December 31, 2013. For the remaining bank-
issued trust preferred securities, the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is more-likely-than-not that the Company 
will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of its amortized cost basis. There is a risk that subsequent evaluations could 
result in recognition of OTTI charges in the future. The securities had life-to-date impairment losses as presented below. 

The following table details the breakdown of trust preferred securities for the periods indicated: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands)
December 31,

2013

2012

Total number of trust preferred securities .......................................  
Par value................................................................................. $
Number not considered OTTI .........................................................  
Par value................................................................................. $
Number considered OTTI................................................................  
Par value................................................................................. $
Life-to-date impairment recognized in earnings ............................. $
Life-to-date impairment recognized in other comprehensive 

income.........................................................................................
Total life-to-date impairment .......................................................... $

12     
14,366    $
1     
956    $
11     
13,410    $
2,305    $

1,718
4,023    $

12  
14,449  
10  
11,491  
2  
2,958  
351  

1,868
2,219  

The following table details the 11 debt securities with other-than-temporary impairment, their credit ratings at December 31, 2013 and 
the related losses recognized in earnings: 

Moody’s/Fitch
Rating

Amount of OTTI
related to credit loss
at January 1, 2013    

Additions in
QTD March 31,
2013

Additions in
QTD June 30,
2013

Additions in
QTD September 30,
2013

Additions in
QTD December 31,
2013

Amount of
OTTI related to
credit loss at
December 31,
2013

(Amounts in thousands)

PreTSL XXIII Class 

C-FP..................... Ca/C
I-PreTSL I ................ NR/CCC
I-PreTSL I ................ NR/CCC
I-PreTSL I ................ NR/CCC
I-PreTSL II ............... NR/B
I-PreTSL III.............. Ba3/CCC
I-PreTSL III.............. NR/CCC
I-PreTSL IV.............. Ba2/B
I-PreTSL IV.............. Ba2/B
I-PreTSL IV.............. Caa1/CCC
Trapeza IX................ Ca/CC
Total ................    

$

$

211 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
140    
351   $ 

—   $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—    
—  $

—   $
216
230
230
291
130
380
140
140
197
—    
1,954  $

211 
216
230
230
291
130
380
140
140
197
140
2,305

—   $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—    
—  $

—   $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—    
—  $

86

 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table details the 2 debt securities with other-than-temporary impairment, their credit ratings at December 31, 2012 and 
the related losses recognized in earnings: 

Moody’s/Fitch
Rating

Amount of OTTI
related to credit loss
at January 1, 2012    

Additions in
QTD March 31,
2012

Additions in
QTD June 30,
2012

Additions in
QTD September 30,
2012

Additions in
QTD December 31,
2012

Amount of
OTTI related to
credit loss at
December 31,
2012

(Amounts in thousands)

PreTSL XXIII Class 

C-FP......................  C/C
Trapeza IX.................  Ca/CC
Total.................   

   $

  $

211   $
50    
261   $

—   $
90    
90   $

—   $
—    
—   $

—   $
—    
—   $

—   $
—    
—   $

211  
140  
351  

The following table provides additional information related to the Company’s trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2013 used 
to evaluate other-than-temporary impairments: 

Deal

PreTSL XXIII...................
PreTSL XXIII...................
I-PreTSL I ........................
I-PreTSL I ........................
I-PreTSL I ........................
I-PreTSL II .......................
I-PreTSL III......................
I-PreTSL III......................
I-PreTSL IV......................
I-PreTSL IV......................
I-PreTSL IV......................
Trapeza IX........................
Total .......................

   Class    Amortized Cost      Fair Value  
392  
  C-2
  $
811  
  C-FP    
770  
  B-1
770  
  B-2
770  
  B-3
2,700  
  B-3
870  
  B-2
620  
  C
860  
  B-1
860  
  B-2
283  
  C
430  
  B-1
11,854    $ 10,136  

956    $
1,535     
770     
770     
770     
2,700     
870     
620     
860     
860     
283     
860     

  $

(Amounts in thousands)

Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)  

Moody’s/
Fitch Rating   

  $

(564)    Ca/C
(724)    Ca/C

—     NR/CCC    
—     NR/CCC    
—     NR/CCC    
—     NR/B
—     Ba3/CCC    
—     NR/CCC    
—     Ba2/B
—     Ba2/B
—     Caa1/CCC   

(430)    Ca/CC

  $

(1,718)     

Number of
Issuers
Currently
Performing     
93     
93     
14     
14     
14     
21     
20     
20     
30     
30     
30     
32     

Deferrals and
Defaults as a %
of Current
Collateral

Excess
Subordination as a
% of Current
Performing
Collateral

24.20%     
24.20  
17.30  
17.30  
17.30  
8.00  
14.10  
14.10  
—  
—  
—  
20.90  

—% 
— 
7.78  
7.78  
7.78  
18.03  
14.74  
4.70 
17.67  
17.67  
11.16  
— 

The following table provides additional information related to the Company’s trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2012 used 
to evaluate other-than-temporary impairments: 

Deal
PreTSL XXIII ..................
PreTSL XXIII ..................
I-PreTSL I ........................
I-PreTSL I ........................
I-PreTSL I ........................
I-PreTSL II.......................
I-PreTSL III .....................
I-PreTSL III .....................
I-PreTSL IV .....................
I-PreTSL IV .....................
I-PreTSL IV .....................
Trapeza IX .......................
Total.......................

   Class    Amortized Cost      Fair Value  
203 
  C-2
  $
325  
  C-FP    
368  
  B-1
757  
  B-2
758  
  B-3
1,810 
  B-3
765  
  B-2
822  
  C
614  
  B-1
822  
  B-2
146  
  C
222  
  B-1
7,612 

1,011    $
1,556     
986     
1,000     
1,000     
2,990     
1,000     
1,000     
1,000     
1,000     
480     
860     
13,883    $

  $

(Amounts in thousands)

Number of
Issuers
Currently
Performing     
88     
88     
15     
15     
15     
23     
23     
23     
23     
23     
23     
34     

Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)  

Moody’s/
Fitch Rating  

  $

(808)   C/C
(1,231)   C/C

(618)   NR/CCC    
(243)   NR/CCC    
(242)   NR/CCC    

(1,180)   NR/B

(235)   Ba3/CCC    
(178)   NR/CCC    
(386)   Ba2/CCC    
(178)   Ba2/CCC    
(334)   Caa1/CC    
(638)   Ca/CC

  $

(6,271)    

87

Deferrals and
Defaults as a %
of Current
Collateral

Excess
Subordination as a
% of Current
Performing
Collateral

26.28% 
26.28  
7.96  
7.96  
7.96  
7.20  
6.37  
6.37  
14.16  
14.16  
14.16  
19.91  

—% 
—  
13.60  
13.60  
13.60  
11.00  
15.60  
—  
5.60  
5.60  
1.20  
—  

 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
     
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The market for these securities at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 is not active and markets for similar securities are also 
not active. The inactivity was evidenced first by a significant widening of the bid-ask spread in the brokered markets in which trust 
preferred securities trade and then by a significant decrease in the volume of trades relative to historical levels. The new issue market 
is also inactive as no new trust preferred securities have been issued since 2007. There are currently very few market participants who 
are willing and/or able to transact for these securities. The pooled market value for these securities remains very depressed relative to 
historical levels. Although there has been marked improvement in the credit spread premium in the corporate bond space, no such 
improvement has been noted in the market for trust preferred securities. 

Given conditions in the debt markets today and the absence of observable transactions in the secondary and the new issue markets, the 
Company determined the following: 







The few observable transactions and market quotations that are available are not reliable for purposes of determining fair 
value at December 31, 2013; 

An income valuation approach technique (present value technique) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs 
and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs will be equally or more representative of fair value than the market 
approach valuation technique used at measurement dates prior to 2008; and 

The trust preferred securities will be classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because the Company determined 
that significant judgments are required to determine fair value at the measurement date. 

The Company enlisted the aid of an independent third party to perform the trust preferred security valuations. The approach to 
determining fair value involved the following process: 

1.

2.

3.

4.

Estimate the credit quality of the collateral using average probability of default values for each issuer (adjusted for rating 
levels). 

Consider the potential for correlation among issuers within the same industry for default probabilities (e.g. banks with 
other banks). 

Forecast the cash flows for the underlying collateral and apply to each trust preferred security tranche to determine the 
resulting distribution among the securities, including prepayment and cures. 

Discount the expected cash flows to calculate the present value of the security. 

The effective discount rates on an overall basis generally range from 6.61% to 15.71% and are highly dependent upon the credit 
quality of the collateral, the relative position of the tranche in the capital structure of the trust preferred security and the prepayment 
assumptions. 

With the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, trust preferred securities issued by institutions with assets greater than $15.0 billion will no 
longer be included in Tier 1 capital after 2013. As a result, prepayment assumptions were adjusted to include early redemptions by all 
institutions meeting this criteria. As the vast majority of institutions in the trust preferred securities collateral base fall below this 
threshold, the revised assumption did not materially impact the valuation results. 

88

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents the assets measured on a nonrecurring basis on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value as of 
December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, by level within the fair value hierarchy. Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are 
written down to fair value through the establishment of specific reserves. Techniques used to value the collateral that secure the 
impaired loans include: quoted market prices for identical assets classified as Level 1 inputs; observable inputs, employed by certified 
appraisers, for similar assets classified as Level 2 inputs. In cases where valuation techniques include inputs that are unobservable and 
are based on estimates and assumptions developed by management based on the best information available under each circumstance, 
the asset valuation is classified as Level 3 inputs. 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31, 2013

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Assets measured on a nonrecurring basis:
Impaired loans:

Recorded investment..............................................................$
Reserve...................................................................................
Net balance ............................................................................$

—    $
—
— $

—    $
—
— $

5,552    $
(301)
5,251

$

5,552
(301)
5,251

Other real estate owned:

Recorded investment..............................................................$

—    $

—    $

33    $

33  

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2012

Assets measured on a nonrecurring basis:
Impaired loans:

Recorded investment ............................................................. $
Reserve ..................................................................................
Net balance ............................................................................ $

—    $
—
— $

—    $
—
— $

5,080    $
(472)
4,608

$

5,080
(472)
4,608

Other real estate owned:

Recorded investment ............................................................. $

—    $

—    $

145    $

145

Financial Instruments 

The Company disclosures fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the consolidated balance 
sheets, for which it is practicable to estimate the value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on 
estimates using present value or other estimation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, 
including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. 

Such techniques and assumptions, as they apply to individual categories of the financial instruments, are as follows: 

Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents are a reasonable estimate of those assets’ fair value. 

Investment securities – Fair values of securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not 
available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable securities. Prices on trust preferred securities were calculated 
using a discounted cash-flow technique. Cash flows were estimated based on credit and prepayment assumptions. The present value of 
the projected cash flows was calculated using a discount rate equal to the current yield used to accrete the beneficial interest. 

Loans held for sale – Loans held for sale consist of residential mortgage loans originated for sale. Loans held for sale are recorded at 
fair value based on what the secondary markets are currently offering for loans with similar characteristics. 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses – Market quotations are generally not available for loan portfolios. The fair value is estimated 
by discounting future cash flows using current market inputs at which loans with similar terms and qualities would be made to 
borrowers of similar credit quality. 

Bank-owned life insurance – The fair value is based upon the cash surrender value of the underlying policies and matches the book value. 

Accrued interest receivable – The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of these assets’ fair value. 

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
   
       
       
       
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
   
       
       
       
 
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Mortgage banking derivatives – The Company enters into derivative financial instruments in the form of interest rate locks with 
potential mortgage loan borrowers. These derivative instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities at fair value on a 
recurring basis in the consolidated balance sheets as indicated in the ensuing table. Commitments to deliver mortgage loans are valued 
at the commitment price from the investor. Interest rate lock commitments are valued at best execution prices at December 31, 2013 
and 2012. Fair value adjustments relating to these mortgage banking derivatives are recorded in current year earnings as a component 
of mortgage banking gains. 

Demand, savings and money market deposits – Demand, savings, and money market deposit accounts are valued at the amount 
payable on demand. 

Time deposits – The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rates 
are estimated using market rates currently offered for similar instruments with similar remaining maturities. 

FHLB advances – The fair value for fixed rate advances is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using rates at which 
advances would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. The fair value for the fixed 
rate advances that are convertible to quarterly LIBOR floating rate advances on or after certain specified dates at the option of the 
FHLB and the FHLB fixed rate advances that are putable on or after certain specified dates at the option of the FHLB are priced using 
the FHLB of Cincinnati’s model. 

Short-term borrowings – Short-term borrowings generally have an original term to maturity of one year or less. Consequently, their 
carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value. 

Subordinated debt – The floating issuances curves to maturity are averaged to obtain an index. The spread between BBB-rated bank 
debt and 25-year swap rates is determined to calculate the spread on outstanding trust preferred securities. The discount margin is then 
added to the index to arrive at a discount rate, which determines the present value of projected cash flows. 

Accrued interest payable – The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of these liabilities’ fair value. The fair value of unrecorded 
commitments at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 is not material. 

In addition, other assets and liabilities of the Company that are not defined as financial instruments are not included in the disclosures, 
such as property and equipment. Also, non-financial instruments typically not recognized in financial statements nevertheless may 
have value but are not included in the above disclosures. These include, among other items, the estimated earning power of core 
deposit accounts, the trained work force, customer goodwill and similar items. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts 
presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company. 

90

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows: 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31, 2013

Carrying
Amount

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Estimated
Fair Value

12,396    $
160,886     
7,247

ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents ........................................................$
Investment securities available-for-sale.................................... 
Trading securities......................................................................
Loans held for sale.................................................................... 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses .................................... 
Bank-owned life insurance .......................................................
Accrued interest receivable....................................................... 
Mortgage banking derivatives .................................................. 
LIABILITIES:
Demand, savings and money market deposits ..........................$ 316,708    $
131,961     
Time deposits............................................................................ 
42,600     
FHLB advances......................................................................... 
3,804     
Short-term borrowings.............................................................. 
5,155     
Subordinated debt ..................................................................... 
290     
Accrued interest payable........................................................... 

656     
343,069     
15,049
1,675     
17     

12,396    $
—     
—
656     
—     

15,049
1,675     
—     

—    $
150,750     
7,247

—     
—     
—
—     
17     

316,708    $
—     
—     
3,804     
—     
290     

—    $
135,712     
—     
—     
—     
—     

—    $
10,136     
—
—     
349,190     
—
—     
—     

—    $
—     
44,746     
—     
4,694     
—     

12,396  
160,886  
7,247

656  
349,190  
15,049
1,675  
17  

316,708  
135,712  
44,746  
3,804  
4,694  
290  

Carrying
Amount

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Estimated
Fair Value

December 31, 2012

27,577    $
184,646     
24,756     
313,457     
14,009

ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents.........................................................$
Investment securities available-for-sale.................................... 
Loans held for sale .................................................................... 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses .................................... 
Bank-owned life insurance
Accrued interest receivable ....................................................... 
Mortgage banking derivatives................................................... 
LIABILITIES:
Demand, savings and money market deposits ..........................$ 323,855    $
153,046     
Time deposits ............................................................................ 
42,000     
FHLB advances......................................................................... 
4,051     
Short-term borrowings .............................................................. 
5,155     
Subordinated debt ..................................................................... 
359     
Accrued interest payable ........................................................... 
199     
Mortgage banking derivatives................................................... 

1,765     
531     

27,577    $
—     
—     
—     

14,009
1,765     
—     

323,855    $
—     
—     
4,051     
—     
359     
—     

—    $
177,034     
24,756     
—     
—
—     
531     

—    $
157,406     
—     
—     
—     
—     
199     

—    $
7,612     
—     
320,012     
—
—     
—     

—    $
—     
45,113     
—     
4,227     
—     
—     

27,577  
184,646  
24,756  
320,012  
14,009
1,765  
531  

323,855  
157,406  
45,113  
4,051  
4,227  
359  
199  

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
   
       
       
       
       
 
   
       
       
       
       
 
     
  
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
   
       
       
       
       
 
   
       
       
       
       
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents quantitative information about the Level 3 significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities 
measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2013. 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Fair value at
December 31, 
2013

10,136  

Valuation Technique
Discounted Cash Flow

Significant
Unobservable Input
Projected Prepayments

Trust preferred 

$

securities.................

Projected Defaults

Description of Inputs

1) Trust preferred securities issued by banks subject to 
Dodd-Frank’s phase-out of trust preferred securities from 
Tier 1 Capital. 
2) Trust preferred securities issued by healthy, well 
capitalized banks that have fixed rate coupons greater 
than 8% or floating rate spreads greater than 300 bps. 
3) 5% every 5 years for all banks beginning in 2018. 
4) Zero for collateral issued by REITs or insurance 
companies.

1) All deferring issuers that do not meet the criteria for 
curing, as described below, are projected to default 
immediately. 
2) Banks with high, near team default risk are identified 
using a CAMELS model, and projected to default 
immediately. Healthy banks are projected to default at a 
rate of 2% annually for 2 years, and .36% annually 
thereafter. 
3) Insurance and REIT defaults are projected according 
to the historical default rates exhibited by companies with 
the same credit ratings. Historical default rates are 
doubled in each of the first two years of the projection to 
account for current economic conditions. Unrated issuers 
are assumed to have CCC- ratings.

Impaired loans..............

5,251  

Appraisal of Collateral (1)

Projected Cures

1) Deferring issuers that have definitive agreements to 
either be acquired or recapitalized.

Projected Recoveries

1) Zero for insurance companies, REITs and insolvent 
banks, and 10% for projected bank deferrals.

Discount Rates

1) Ranging from ~6.61% to ~15.71%, depending on each 
bond’s seniority and remaining subordination after 
projected losses.

Appraisal
Adjustments (2)

Weighted average (21)%

 Liquidation Expenses (2) Weighted average (6)%

Other real estate     

owned .....................  

33  

Appraisal of Collateral (1), (3)

Appraisal
Adjustments (2)

0%

 (1)

(2)

(3)

Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are not 
identifiable. 
Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The range and weighted 
average of liquidation expenses are presented as a percent of the appraisal. The adjustment of appraised value is measured as the effect on fair value as a 
percentage of unpaid principal. 
Includes qualitative adjustments by management and estimated liquidation expenses. 

92

 
 
  
    
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents quantitative information about the Level 3 significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities 
measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2012. 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Fair value at
December 31, 
2012

Trust preferred 

$

securities................................

7,612  

Valuation Technique
Discounted Cash Flow

Significant
Unobservable Input
Projected Prepayments

Projected Defaults

Description of Inputs

1) Trust preferred securities issued by banks subject to 
Dodd-Frank’s phase-out of trust preferred securities from 
Tier 1 Capital. 
2) Trust preferred securities issued by healthy, well 
capitalized banks that have fixed rate coupons greater 
than 8% or floating rate spreads greater than 300 bps. 
3) 5% every 5 years for all banks beginning in 2018. 
4) Zero for collateral issued by REITs or insurance 
companies.

1) All deferring issuers that do not meet the criteria for 
curing, as described below, are projected to default 
immediately. 
2) Banks with high, near team default risk are identified 
using a CAMELS model, and projected to default 
immediately. Healthy banks are projected to default at a 
rate of 2% annually for 2 years, and .36% annually 
thereafter. 
3) Insurance and REIT defaults are projected according to 
the historical default rates exhibited by companies with 
the same credit ratings. Historical default rates are 
doubled in each of the first two years of the projection to 
account for current economic conditions. Unrated issuers 
are assumed to have CCC- ratings.

Impaired loans.............................

3,503  

Appraisal of Collateral (1)

Projected Cures

1) Deferring issuers that have definitive agreements to 
either be acquired or recapitalized.

Projected Recoveries

1) Zero for insurance companies, REITs and insolvent 
banks, and 10% for projected bank deferrals.

Discount Rates

1) Ranging from ~5.69% to ~21.76%, depending on each 
bond’s seniority and remaining subordination after 
projected losses.

Appraisal 
Adjustments (2)

Liquidation 
Expenses (2)

Weighted average (22)%

Weighted average (8)%

Other real estate 

owned ....................................

145  

Appraisal of Collateral (1), (3)

Sales Agreements

0% to (39)%

1,105    

Discounted Cash Flow

Discount Rate

  5.75% (only one loan)

 (1)

(2)

(3)

Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are not 
identifiable. 
Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The range and weighted 
average of liquidation expenses are presented as a percent of the appraisal. The adjustment of appraised value is measured as the effect on fair value as a 
percentage of unpaid principal. 
Includes qualitative adjustments by management and estimated liquidation expenses. 

93

 
 
  
    
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component net of tax for the years ended 
December 31, 2013 and 2012. 

(Amounts in thousands)

Balance as of December 31, 2011 ............................................................ $
Other comprehensive loss before reclassification ....................................  
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income .....  
Total other comprehensive income .................................................  
Balance as of December 31, 2012 ............................................................  
Other comprehensive loss before reclassification ....................................  
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income .....  
Total other comprehensive income .................................................  
Balance as of December 31, 2013 ............................................................ $

Unrealized gains on
available-for-sale
securities(a)

Change in
pension and
postretirement
obligations  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
(28)  
—  
(28)  
(28)  

(2,663)    $
853      
103      
956      
(1,707)     
(2,090)     
937      
(1,153)     
(2,860)    $

(a) All amounts are net of tax. Amounts in parentheses indicate debits. 

The following table presents significant amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income for 
the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31, 2013

Amount reclassified
from accumulated other
comprehensive income  

Affected line item in the statement
where net income is presented

Details about other comprehensive income:
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities ...................... $

$

1,954     Net impairment losses recognized in earnings 
(535)
Investment securities gains, net
(482)   Federal income tax expense (benefit)
937     Net of tax

December 31, 2012

Amount reclassified
from accumulated other
comprehensive income  

Affected line item in the statement
where net income is presented

171     Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
Investment securities gains, net
(14)
(54)   Federal income tax expense (benefit)
103     Net of tax

Details about other comprehensive income:
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities....................... $

$

94

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 13 - REGULATORY MATTERS 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. 
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material 
effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the requirements for the Company to remain a 
financial holding company, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s 
assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital 
amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other 
factors. 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain: (1) a minimum ratio of 
4% both for total Tier I risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets and for Tier I risk-based capital to average assets, and (2) a minimum 
ratio of 8% for total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets. 

Under the requirements for the Company to remain a financial holding company, the Company is categorized as well-capitalized, 
which requires minimum capital ratios of 10% for total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets and 6% for Tier I risk-based capital 
to risk-weighted assets. Management believes that as of December 31, 2013, the Company meets all capital adequacy requirements to 
which it is subject. 

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,

2013

2012

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Total Risk-Based Capital .............................................................. $

58,774        

Ratio to Risk-Weighted Assets............................................

Tier I Risk-Based Capital.............................................................. $

54,927        

Ratio to Risk-Weighted Assets............................................
Ratio to Average Assets ......................................................

57,905       

53,996       

  $
14.19%      
  $
13.26%      
10.35%      

14.10% 

13.15% 
9.63% 

Tier I risk-based capital is shareholders’ equity, noncumulative and cumulative perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred 
securities and non-controlling interests less intangibles, disallowed deferred tax assets and the unrealized market value adjustment of 
investment securities available-for-sale. Total risk-based capital is Tier I risk-based capital plus the qualifying portion of the allowance 
for loan losses. 

NOTE 14 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

Certain directors, executive officers and companies with whom they are affiliated were loan customers during 2013. The following is 
an analysis of such loans: 

Total related-party loans at December 31, 2012 ................................... $
New related-party loans ........................................................................  
Repayments or other..............................................................................  
Total related-party loans at December 31, 2013.......................... $

(Amounts in thousands) 
3,362  
1,717  
(2,206)  
2,873  

Deposits from executive officers, directors, and their affiliates at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $2.4 million and $4.2 million, 
respectively. 

The banking relationships were made in the ordinary course of business with the Bank. 

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
   
      
     
 
 
   
      
     
   
      
     
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 15 - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION – PARENT COMPANY 

Below is condensed financial information of Cortland Bancorp (parent company only). In this information, the Parent’s investment in 
subsidiaries is stated at cost, including equity in the undistributed earnings of the subsidiaries, adjusted for any unrealized gains or 
losses on available-for-sale securities. 

BALANCE SHEETS 

(Amounts in thousands) 

December 31,

2013

2012

ASSETS

Cash........................................................................................................................................................... $
Investment in bank subsidiary...................................................................................................................  
Investment in non-bank subsidiary ...........................................................................................................  
Subordinated note from subsidiary bank...................................................................................................  
Other assets ...............................................................................................................................................  

244  
45,583  
15  
6,000  
3,520  
Total assets ..................................................................................................................................... $ 55,510     $ 55,362  

204     $
45,813      
15      
6,000      
3,478      

LIABILITIES

Other liabilities.......................................................................................................................................... $
Subordinated debt (Note 7) .......................................................................................................................  
Total liabilities................................................................................................................................  

820     $
5,155      
5,975      

755  
5,155  
5,910  

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common stock...........................................................................................................................................  
23,641  
Additional paid-in capital..........................................................................................................................  
20,850  
Retained earnings ......................................................................................................................................  
10,262  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss ....................................................................................................  
(1,707) 
Treasury stock ...........................................................................................................................................  
(3,594) 
49,452  
Total shareholders’ equity ............................................................................................................  
Total liabilities & shareholders’ equity ....................................................................................... $ 55,510     $ 55,362  

23,641      
20,833      
11,502      
(2,888)     
(3,553)     
49,535      

STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Years ended December 31,
2012

2011

2013

Dividends from bank subsidiary................................................................................................... $
Interest and dividend income........................................................................................................
Investment securities (losses) gains..............................................................................................
Other income ................................................................................................................................
Interest on subordinated debt........................................................................................................
Other expenses..............................................................................................................................
Income (loss) before income tax and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries .......
Income tax benefit ........................................................................................................................
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries ..........................................................................
Net income ................................................................................................................................... $
Comprehensive income .............................................................................................................. $

544     $
96      
—      
99      
(90)    
(380)    
269      
104      
1,411      
1,784     $
603     $

136     $
107      
(16)    
113      
(100)    
(340)    
(100)    
125      
2,888      
2,913     $
3,869     $

—  
98  
51  
114  
(92) 
(362) 
(191) 
85  
4,178  
4,072
3,867  

96

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(Amounts in thousands) 

Years ended December 31,
2012

2011

2013

Cash flows (deficit) from operating activities

Net income .......................................................................................................................... $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flow (deficit) from operating activities:
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries .............................................................
Deferred tax benefit.............................................................................................................
Investment securities losses (gains) ....................................................................................
Change in other assets and liabilities ..................................................................................
Net cash flows (deficit) from operating activities .....................................................

1,784     $

2,913     $

4,072  

(1,411)    
(6)    
—      
113      
480      

(2,888)    
(14)    
16      
(180)    
(153)    

(4,178) 
(14) 
(51) 
28  
(143) 

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sales of securities ........................................................................................
Net cash flows from investing activities....................................................................

—      
—      

77      
77      

Cash deficit from financing activities

Dividends paid.....................................................................................................................
Treasury shares reissued......................................................................................................
Net cash deficit from financing activities ..................................................................
Net change in cash...............................................................................................................

(544)    
24
(520)    
(40)    

(136)    
—
(136)    
(212)    

Cash

Beginning of year ................................................................................................................
End of year .......................................................................................................................... $

244      
204     $

456      
244     $

—  
—  

—  
—
—  
(143) 

599  
456  

NOTE 16 - DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS 

The Bank is subject to a dividend restriction that generally limits the amount of dividends that can be paid by an Ohio state-chartered 
bank. Under the Ohio Banking Code, cash dividends may not exceed net profits as defined for that year combined with retained net 
profits for the two preceding years less any required transfers to surplus. Under this formula, the amount available for payment of 
dividends in 2014 is $4.3 million plus 2014 profits retained up to the date of the dividend declaration. 

NOTE 17 – LITIGATION 

The Bank is involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcomes from 
these other matters, either individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have any material effect on the Company. 

97

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
 
 
 
   
       
       
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
 
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures - None 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. With the supervision and participation by management, including the Company’s 
principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) has been evaluated as of the end of the 
period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer 
have concluded that these controls and procedures were effective. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. The report on management’s assessment of internal 
control over financial reporting is included in Item 8. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that 
there have been no changes during the fourth quarter of 2013 in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Rules 13a-13 and 15d-15 of the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonable likely to materially affect, internal 
control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B. Other Information – Not applicable. 

Item l0. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

PART III

Information relating to this item will be set forth in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed on or about April 18, 2014 in 
connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 27, 2014 (the “Proxy Statement”). The information contained in 
the Proxy Statement under the following captions is incorporated herein by reference: “Board Nominees,” “Continuing Directors,” 
“The Board of Directors and Committees of the Board,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.” 

Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The names, ages and positions of the executive officers as of March 28, 2014 are as follows: 

Name
James M. Gasior......................................................................
Timothy Carney.......................................................................

   Age
  54
48

   Position Held
   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Executive Vice President, Chief Operations Officer, Secretary 
and Director

David J. Lucido .......................................................................
Stanley P. Feret .......................................................................

  56
  53

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
   Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer

The directors listed above will hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until their successors are duly elected 
and qualified. 

Principal Occupation and Business Experience of Executive Officers 

During the past five years the business experience of each of the executive officers has been as follows: 

Mr. Gasior succeeded Mr. Fantauzzi as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank beginning November 2, 
2009. Mr. Gasior is a director of the Company and the Bank since November of 2005 and is also a director of CSB Mortgage 
Company, Inc. He is a Certified Public Accountant, a member of the American Institute of CPA’s and the Ohio Society of CPA’s. 
Previously, Mr. Gasior served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the Company and the Bank since 
November 2005. Mr. Gasior served as Senior Vice President of Lending and Administration of the Company and the Bank from April 
1999 to October 2005. 

Mr. Carney was elected as Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary of the Company and the Bank on 
November 2, 2009. Mr. Carney was appointed to the Board of Directors on November 2, 2009 to serve the unexpired term of 
Lawrence Fantauzzi. He is also the President of CSB Mortgage Company, Inc. Mr. Carney was elected as Senior Vice President and 
Chief Operations Officer of the Company on April 22, 2008. He was Senior Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the Bank 
since May 1999. 

98

 
  
  
Mr. Lucido was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank on January 18, 2010. 
Mr. Lucido is also the Treasurer of CSB Mortgage Company, Inc. Previously, he served as Corporate Vice President and Treasurer of 
First Place Bank (2008-2010) and Vice President and Manager of Holding Company Accounting for National City Bank (1994-2007). 

Mr. Feret was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Company and the Bank on March 10, 2010. 
Previously, Mr. Feret served as Senior Vice President of Huntington National Bank from June 2007 to March 2010 and Senior Vice 
President of Sky Bank from August 2004 to June 2007. 

Item ll. Executive Compensation 

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the following captions of “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation in 2013.” 

Item l2. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholders Matters 

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the caption “Share Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers.” 

The Company has no compensation plan under which equity securities of the Company are authorized for issuance. 

Item l3. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the captions of “Transactions with Related Persons” and “The Board of Directors and Committees of the Board.” 

Item l4. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the caption “Ratification of Independent Auditors.” 

99

PART IV

Item l5. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)

l. Financial Statements 

Included in Part II of this report: 

Item 8. Financial Statements 

Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report:

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting................................................................
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ............................................................................................
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 ..................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011......................................
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 ...........
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011...............................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements....................................................................................................................

52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59-97

(a)

2. Financial Statement Schedules 

Financial statements schedules are omitted because the required information is either not applicable, not required or is not 
shown in the respective financial statements or in the notes thereto. 

(a)

3. Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K 

All exhibits omitted 

100

 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date:  March 28, 2014  

CORTLAND BANCORP

By:  /s/ James M. Gasior
James M. Gasior
President, Chief Executive Officer, Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

/s/ Timothy K. Woofter
Timothy K. Woofter

/s/ James M. Gasior
James M. Gasior

/s/ Timothy Carney
Timothy Carney

/s/ David C. Cole
David C. Cole

/s/ George E. Gessner
George E. Gessner

/s/ James E. Hoffman, III
James E. Hoffman, III

/s/ Neil J. Kaback
Neil J. Kaback

/s/ Joseph E. Koch
Joseph E. Koch

/s/ Joseph P. Langhenry
Joseph P. Langhenry

/s/ Richard B. Thompson
Richard B. Thompson

/s/ Anthony R. Vross
Anthony R. Vross

/s/ David J. Lucido
David J. Lucido

Director and Chairman of the Board

President, Chief Executive Officer and 
Director (Principal Executive Officer)

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

March 28, 2014
Date

March 28, 2014
Date

March 28, 2014
Date

March 28, 2014
Date

March 28, 2014
Date

March 28, 2014
Date

March 28, 2014
Date

March 28, 2014
Date

March 28, 2014
Date

March 28, 2014
Date

March 28, 2014
Date

Chief Financial Officer                        
 (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 28, 2014
Date

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

TIMOTHY K. WOOFTER 
Chairman 

TIMOTHY CARNEY 

DAVID C. COLE 

JAMES M. GASIOR 

GEORGE E. GESSNER 

JAMES E. HOFFMAN, III 

NEIL J. KABACK 

JOSEPH E. KOCH 

JOSEPH P. LANGHENRY

ANTHONY R. VROSS 

RICHARD B. THOMPSON

DIRECTOR EMERITUS

K. RAY MAHAN 

OFFICERS 

JAMES M. GASIOR 
President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

TIMOTHY CARNEY 
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Operating Officer and 
 Corporate Secretary 

DAVID J. LUCIDO 
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 

STANLEY P. FERET 
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Lending Officer 

 
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY  
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

TIMOTHY CARNEY
Executive Vice President,
Chief Operating Officer and Corporate Secretary

DAVID C. COLE
Partner and President,
Cole Valley Motor Company

JAMES M. GASIOR
President and Chief Executive Officer

GEORGE E. GESSNER
Attorney, Gessner and Platt

JAMES E. HOFFMAN, III
Attorney, Hoffman and Walker

NEIL J. KABACK
Partner, Cohen & Company

DIRECTOR EMERITUS
K. RAY MAHAN

OFFICERS

JAMES M. GASIOR
President and Chief Executive Officer

TIMOTHY CARNEY
Executive Vice President,
Chief Operating Officer and Corporate Secretary

KAREN BOSLEY
Assistant Vice President
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

NICHOLAS P. BERARDINO
Vice President
Commercial Banking Officer

HEATHER J. BOWSER
Assistant Vice President
Collection Officer

DANIELLE CANTRELL
Vice President
Retail Banking Manager

 MICHELLE CERMAK
Vice President
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer

 MELANIE CHRISTIE
 Assistant Vice President
Compliance Officer

JONI EVERSON
Vice President
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer

DEBORAH L. EAZOR
Vice President
Operations Manager

JOSEPH E. KOCH
President, Joe Koch Construction

JOSEPH P. LANGHENRY
Executive, Watteredge, Inc.

RICHARD B. THOMPSON
Executive, Therm-O-Link, Inc.

ANTHONY R. VROSS
Executive, Simon Roofing

TIMOTHY K. WOOFTER
President, Stan-Wade Metal Products
and Chairman of the Board

DAVID J. LUCIDO
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

STANLEY P. FERET
Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer

STANLEY MAGIELSKI
Vice President
Commercial Banking Officer

KAREN MILLER
Assistant Secretary
Branch Training Coordinator

LANCE A. MORRISON
Vice President
General Counsel/Director of Human Resources

ROBERT MEEK
Assistant Vice President
Treasury Management/Sales Representative

KEITH MROZEK
Vice President
Special Assets

ROCCO PAGE
Vice President
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer

RICHARD M. PAVLOCK
Vice President
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer

MICHELLE REILLY
Vice President, Assistant Treasurer
Mortgage Banking/ Funds Management

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
JOAN M. FRANGIAMORE
Vice President
Controller

RITA FUSCOE
Assistant Vice President
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

JOHN HEWITT
Assistant Vice President
Credit Manager

JANET K. HOUSER
Assistant Vice President
Electronic Banking Specialist

JAMES HUGHES
Assistant Vice President
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

 SHANE HRUBY
Vice President
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer

BRYAN IGNAZIO
Assistant Vice President
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

JUDY RUSSELL
Vice President
Loan Servicing Manager

BARBARA R. SANDROCK
Vice President
Information Systems Manager

JEROME L. SMITH
Vice President
Commercial Banking Officer

CARRIE STACKHOUSE
Assistant Vice President
Commercial Banking Officer

RUSSELL E. TAYLOR
Assistant Vice President
Director of Security

SHIRLEY A. WADE
Assistant Vice President
Executive Secretary

JAMES E. WELLINGTON
Vice President
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer

DAVID KOVACS
Assistant Vice President
Commercial Banking Officer

MINDY WIESENSEE
Assistant Vice President
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

MICHELE LEE
Assistant Vice President
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

ANGELO LOCASTRO
Assistant Vice President
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

DARLENE MACK
Assistant Vice President
Human Resources Manager

NICOLE WHITSEL
Assistant Vice President
Risk Manager/Compliance

JOHN D. YURCHISON
Vice President
Commercial Banking Officer

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
www.cortland-banks.com/invest